“University for Industry”

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

College of Electrical and Mechanical Engineering
Department of Electromechanical Engineering

CURRICULUM FOR BACHELOR

OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN
ELECTROMECHANICAL
ENGINEERING

November 2021
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia
 Prepared by:

Department of Electromechanical Engineering

Endorsement
This curriculum document is endorsed by the
Addis Ababa Science and Technology University
Senate

Date Endorsed
Table of Contents

Table of Contents ........................................................................................................................ i

List of Tables ............................................................................................................................iii

List of Figures ........................................................................................................................... iv

Acronyms ................................................................................................................................... v

1. Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 1

1.1. Vision and Mission of the University ......................................................................... 2

1.2. Background of the Program ........................................................................................ 3
1.3. Rational of the Program............................................................................................... 5
2. Structure of the program .................................................................................................... 5

2.1. Mission of the University ............................................................................................ 5

2.2. Program Educational Objectives (PEO) ...................................................................... 6
2.3. Mapping of PEO and University Mission ................................................................... 7
2.4. Program Outcomes (PO) ............................................................................................. 7
2.5. Mapping of PO and PEO ............................................................................................. 9
2.6. Admission Requirements ............................................................................................ 9
2.7. Duration of the study ................................................................................................. 10
2.8. Teaching and Learning Approach ............................................................................. 10
2.9. Program Type ............................................................................................................ 11
2.10. Assessment and Evaluation Mechanisms .............................................................. 11
2.11. Grading System...................................................................................................... 12
2.12. Graduation Requirements ...................................................................................... 12
2.13. Degree Nomenclature ............................................................................................ 13
2.14. Course Coding ....................................................................................................... 13
2.15. List of Courses and Category................................................................................. 13
2.16. Course Breakdown for Regular Program ............................................................... 16
2.17. Course Plan ............................................................................................................ 20
2.18. PO And Course Mapping Summary .................................................................... 224
3. Quality management system (QMS) .............................................................................. 204

4. Staff profile & Resources ............................................................................................ 205

4.2. Resources................................................................................................................. 206
5. Appendices ..................................................................................................................... 210

i
 5.1. Washington accord attributes for Engineering Program .......................................... 210
5.2. Structure of Undergraduate Continuing Education Program ................................... 211
5.2.1. Admission requirement for Undergraduate Continuing Education Program ..211
5.2.2. Duration of the study for Undergraduate Continuing Education Program ....... 212
5.3. Course Breakdown for Continuing Education......................................................... 212
Reference ............................................................................................................................... 217

i
List of Tables

Table 1: Program Education Objectives (PEO)...................................................................6

Table 2: Mapping of PEO with University Mission ..............................................................7
Table 3: Program Outcome....................................................................................................7
Table 4: Mapping of PO with PEO ........................................................................................9
Table 5: Grading System ..................................................................................................... 12
Table 6: Distribution of credit hours for all course composition ..................................... 14
Table 7: Common Courses ................................................................................................. 14
Table 8: Core Courses......................................................................................................... 15
Table 9: Course Breakdown for Regular Program .......................................................... 16
Table 10: Staff Profile......................................................................................................... 205
Table 11: Course Breakdown for Continuing Education Program .............................. 235

3
List of Figures

Figure 1.Disciplinary foundations of Mechatronics ............................................................4

Figure 2: Continual Quality Improvement Cycle ........................................................... 205

4
Acronyms

AASTU Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

AAVP Academic Affairs Vice President
CAC College Academic Council
CGPA Cumulative Grade Points Average
CLO Course Learning Outcome
COC Center of Competency
CQI Continual Quality Improvement
Cr.hr Credit hour
DC Department Council
DGC Department Graduate Committee
ECTS European Credit Transfer System
EHEE Ethiopian Higher Education Entrance Examination
HoD Head of Department
ICT Information and Communication Technology
OBE Outcome Based Education
PEO Program Educational Objective
PO Program Outcome
SLT Student Learning Time
STU Science and Technology University
QMS Quality Management System

5
 1. Introduction

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University (here after, AASTU), is one of the
new public universities of the country established to play as a forefront changing
actor in the technological transformation of the country by creating strong linkage
with industries. As it was stated in the Five-Year Growth and Transformation Plan
(2010 - 2015 G.C), the establishment of well institutionalized and strong science and
technology universities and institutes of technology will serve as a cornerstone to
build an economically developed and industrialized state of Ethiopia. As a result,
AASTU was founded in 2011 under the Directive of the Council of Ministers No.
216/2011 as well as amended by regulation numbers 314/2014 by admitting the first
batch (2000 students) in November 2011.

Since 2015, Addis Ababa Science and Technology University has been following
nationally harmonized undergraduate programs curriculum. Now, it is time to change
the curriculum to meet the requirements of accreditation which consists of
continuous quality improvements (CQI).

In January 2016, the Ministry of Education (Education Strategy Center) developed a

concept note to reform the education sector in accordance with the national vision
and national development goals. Hence, one of the strategic plans proposed in the
Ethiopian education road map has included common courses which account a total
of 40 credit hours as a national requirement that led to the development of
fundamental changes to the Ethiopian educational system.

In line with the given strategic direction of Ethiopian development, Addis Ababa
Science and Technology University has a mission to be a problem solver of the
industry, leading in the nation research, and delivering world-class education. To
meet this mission, the university has given special attention to strengthen the
academic sector by working towards accreditation of all undergraduate programs.

As a result of the above reasons, the university planned to revise the entire
undergraduate program curriculum from the accreditation point of views. The goal of
accreditation is to ensure the education provided by higher education to an
acceptable level of quality. Therefore, this curriculum framework is developed based

1
on the requirements of the Washington accord and ABET for engineering program
and applied sciences programs accreditation respectively.

1.1. Vision and Mission of the University

Vision
 To be internationally recognized Ethiopian Hub of science and
technology with strong national commitment and significant continental
impact by 2030.

Mission:
 Delivering world-class education and training in strategically prioritized
science and technology disciplines based on national economic
demand.
 Conducting problem-solving applied researches to support the
productivity and competitiveness of industries.
 Serving as a center for knowledge and technological adaptation,
innovation and transfer.
 Building the technical and managerial capabilities of industries.
 Building a national hub of science and technology.

2
 1.2. Background of the Program

The availability of sufficient skilled manpower plays a key role in realizing national
goals and in accelerating the country‟s growth. Consistent with the national goals,
AASTU aspires to surpass in accredited BSc programs in Science, Technology, and
Engineering disciplines which will have a principal contribution to the industrial
transformation plan of the nation.

The curriculum for BSc program in Electromechanical Engineering is developed,

mainly by taking into consideration the specific objectives of Addis Ababa Science
and Technology University to train technically sound and professionally competent
engineers who can support the transformational activities of the nation, who can
solve the pressing problems of the industry, who are competent in the global skilled
labor market.

Recently, advancements in Science and Technology become decisive arrays for

survival and competitiveness in the global arena. It was due to this fact that the
government decided to open two distinctive Science and Technology Universities.
AASTU envisions being a center of excellence in Science and Technology of various
Engineering disciplines. Therefore, Launching a BSc program in Electromechanical
Engineering helps students to grasp multi-domain state-of-the-art knowledge and
skills in the field of study which can help them to actively engage in the national
industrial transformation. Moreover, the inauguration of this BSc program in
Electromechanical Engineering gives an opportunity for staffs and students to be
engaged in practical problem solving researches and technology transfer practices.
In this context, the curriculum is expected to provide the students a lurching and
strong background in Electromechanical Engineering.

Complex mechatronic systems of today like airplanes, cars, robot, industrial process
machines, medical equipment, and spaceships have many embedded mechanical
and electronic systems that monitor and control the behavior to avoid catastrophic
failure and improve the performance. With its origin in Japan in late 1960s the term
mechatronics was in principle coined to define such control and operation systems.
The concept has since spread all over the world and a significant international
growth has been observed within the last decades. According to technology review

3
of MIT press, mechatronics is identified as one of the top 10 technologies that will
change the future world. The field is in general viewed as the vehicle by which
students and professionals are introduced to and made to comprehend the diverse
disciplines (Fig.1) such as mechanical engineering, computer science, control
theory, and electrical and electronics engineering areas concurrently. By combining
diverse fields, mechatronics curriculum provides sufficient background, knowledge,
depth and breadth enabling the new breed of graduates to tackle complex
engineering problems the world we are living in.

Figure 1.Disciplinary foundations of Mechatronics

In Ethiopia, industry sector is booming and those industries are using state of the art
technologies in their production line. Having an industry by itself is nothing unless
there is enough skilled manpower with the skill and knowledge they demand.
Industries can demand from the basic skill up to engineers who are able to develop
and design system level operations. These day‟s machines and production lines are
fully integrated systems (mechanical, electrical and software). In addition to
traditional engineers, like other countries around the globe, Ethiopia needs a new
breed of engineers and professionals who have multidisciplinary knowledge and
skills to tackle complex engineering problems that we are facing these days.

Within the scope of this wide discipline, engineering disciplines closely related to
Electromechanical Engineering is recently being offered in few Ethiopian Universities
at BSc degree level.

4
However, with the sweeping development of the manufacturing and construction
industrial sectors of the Ethiopian economy and expansion of engineering and
technology institutions throughout the country, basic knowledge and applications of
Electromechanical Engineering are being highly required. As a stepping-stone
towards meeting this growing demand, the College of Electrical and Mechanical
Engineering of Addis Ababa Science and Technology have deemed to elevate the
level of training to BSc, MSc and PhD degree programs.

1.3. Rational of the Program

The curriculum for BSc degree program in Electromechanical Engineering has been
developed primarily by understanding the high demand of the boosting national
economy for graduates of Electromechanical Engineering. A preliminary need
assessment has also been conducted by consulting different engineers, managers,
supervisors, and other professionals working in the manufacturing, construction, and
other metal and engineering sectors.

With the increasing demand for Electromechanical Engineering graduates in the

national market, it is becoming inevitable that many of the students shall be seeking
education at undergraduate level.

As AASTU is a “University for the Industry‟, the College of Electrical and Mechanical
Engineering deemed to respond to this escalating demand.

2. Structure of the program

2.1. Mission of the University

Mission:
 M1: Delivering world-class education and training in strategically prioritized
science and technology disciplines based on national economic demand.
 M2: Conducting problem-solving applied researches to support the
productivity and competitiveness of industries.
 M3: Serving as a center for knowledge and technological adaptation,
innovation and transfer.
 M4: Building the technical and managerial capabilities of industries.

5
  M5: Building a national hub of science and technology.

2.2. Program Educational Objectives (PEO)

Our graduates of the BSc degree in Electromechanical Engineering program are

assumed to attain the following career achievements within three to five years of
graduation. These objectives are based on the needs of the program's
constituencies (government, employers, industries, alumni, students and research
and development centers).

Table 1: Program Education Objectives (PEO)

PEO-1 Specify, design, deploy, implement, troubleshoot and maintain

mechatronic systems.

PEO-2 Translate customer requirements and effectively integrate multiple

mechanical, electronic, electrical and control systems.
PEO-3 Analyze the produced system and formulate its economic impacts
on the overall organization
PEO-4 Communicate effectively in the professional environment in
individual and group situations.
PEO-5 Apply appropriate strategies to maintain professional, ethical and
social responsibilities in the workplace and include a respect for
diversity.
PEO-6 Participate in lifelong learning to stay technically updated in the
profession
PEO-7 Work effectively in individual and group-oriented settings by
applying safety to all aspects of work.

6
 2.3. Mapping of PEO and University Mission

Table 2: Mapping of PEO with University Mission

M-1 M-2 M-3 M-4 M-5

PEO-1 
PEO-2   
PEO-3 
PE0-4 
PE0-5  
PE0-6  
PE0-7 

2.4. Program Outcomes (PO)

Upon graduation, our BSc in Electromechanical Engineering program graduates will

have the following attributes

Table 3: Program Outcome

Engineering Knowledge
PO-1 Select and apply the knowledge, techniques, skills and modern tools in
Electromechanical/Mechatronics Engineering

Problem analysis

Identify, formulate, research literature and analyze complex

PO-2 Electromechanical engineering problems reaching substantiated
conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences and
engineering sciences.

Design /Development of Solutions

Design solutions for complex Electomechanical engineering problems

PO-3 and design systems, components or processes that meet specified
needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety,
cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.

7
 Investigation

Conduct investigations of complex problems using research-based

PO-4 knowledge and research methods including design of experiments,
analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of information to
provide valid conclusions.

Modern Tool usage

Ability to create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources
PO-5 and modern engineering and IT tools, including prediction and
modeling, to complex engineering activities, with an understanding of
the limitations.

Environment and sustainability

Ability to apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to assess
PO-6
societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent
responsibilities relevant to professional engineering practice.

The engineer and society

Ability to understand the impact of professional engineering solutions in
PO-7
societal and environmental contexts and demonstrate knowledge of
and need for sustainable development.

Professional Ethics

PO-8 Ability to apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and
responsibilities and norms of engineering practice.

Individual and teamwork

PO-9 Function effectively as an individual and as a member or leader in
diverse teams and in multidisciplinary environments.

Communication
Ability to communicate effectively on complex engineering activities
PO-10 with the engineering community and with society at large, such as
being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design
documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive

8
 clear instructions.

Life-long Learning
PO-11 Understand the need for an ability to engage in self-directed continuing
professional development

Project management and finance

Ability to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering
PO-12 and management principles and apply these to one's own work, as a
member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in
multidisciplinary environments.

2.5. Mapping of PO and PEO

Table 4: Mapping of PO with PEO

PEO-1 PEO-2 PEO-3 PEO-4 PEO-5 PEO-6 PEO-7

PO-1 
PO-2 
PO-3 
PO-4 
PO-5 
PO-6 
PO-7 
PO-8  
PO-9 
PO-10 
PO-11 
PO-12 

2.6. Admission Requirements

Students who fulfill the following criteria are eligible for admission to the
undergraduate Electomechanical program:

9
  Preparatory complete with a pass in the Ethiopian Higher Education Entrance
Examination (EHEE) or equivalent academic achievements from foreign
countries as well as the STU entrance examination to be set by the Ministry
and/ or AASTU.

2.7. Duration of the study

Under normal circumstances, the total elapsed time for the BSc program in
Electromechanical Engineering requires five years/10semesters for Regular program
students and 6 years/12 semesters for the continuing education program.

2.8. Teaching and Learning Approach

Methodology

The teaching-learning methods to be adopted, for the transfer and/or acquisition of

knowledge and skill development include:

 Classroom Lectures backed up by Coursework Projects, Tutorials and

Assignments
 Lectures by Industry professionals and resource persons on a periodic basis
 Interactive based “Blended E-Learning” and other such self-learning modules,
- Workshop Practice and Laboratory Exercises.
 Practical Demonstrations, - Audio-Visual teaching materials
 Cut-Sectional Model Studies
 Wall mounted display charts
 Field visits related to community development/intervention
 Industrial visits.
 Practical and development oriented design projects
 Individual and group seminars/Presentations
 Group tasks/discussions/Case studies
 Brain storming sessions
 Assembling/disassembling of real world prototype

10
Interactive based Blended e-learning

The more the learner gets involved in the learning process, the better he/she will be
able to absorb process and retain the information and make use of it in concrete
situations. In the active mode of knowledge and competence construction, the
learner is supported by the teacher- and also by means of targeted and structured
technical impulses The knowledge has a generally higher relevance as regards the
implementation in practice- the transfer turns out to be easier and the learner
experiences learning as a process that he himself can control and steer in steps.

In this context, the potential of blended e-learning (integration of traditional and e-

learning) can be exploited and hence is to be practiced, to the extent possible, by the
use of media and a Learning Management System (LMS). This can be done by
supporting the students to acquire learning contents themselves and by assisting
them as a mentor -not only in situations of physical presence in the class room, but
also outside the class room in the computer lab using the University‟s own intranet or
may be in the internet or even in a field setting. A teacher can develop new and more
interactive learning methods through the use of LMS and e-learning platforms,
depending on the scope and content of his own specific subjects. Concerted efforts
would be made by one and all concerned for its implementation.

2.9. Program Type

The program is delivered in full time or part-time / continuing education learning

mode.

2.10. Assessment and Evaluation Mechanisms

Assessment and evaluation mechanisms include the range and variety of

assessment methods oral examination, written examination, oral presentation, test,
paper/essay, portfolio, report about an internship, report on fieldwork, continuous
assessment, group or individual projects, summative assessment such as final
exams, project, problem solving assignments, senior essays, interactive computer
and simulation assignments and group presentations

11
 2.11. Grading System

Examinations are graded on letter grading system as stated in the university senate
legislation July 2017, Article 92. However, the grading system for industrial
attachment/internship for four years program shall be described as excellent, very
good, good …etc., the status description is based on the raw mark interval given in
Table 7.

Table 5: Grading System

Raw
Corresponding
Mark Corresponding Status Class
fixed number
interval Letter Grade Description Description
Grade
(100%)
[90,100] A+ 4.0 First Class
[85,90) A 4.0 Excellent with Great
[80,85) A- 3.75 Distinction
[75,80) B+ 3.5 First Class
Very Good with
[70,75) B 3.0
Distinction
[65,70) B- 2.75 First Class
Good
[60,65) C+ 2.5 Second
[50,60) C 2.0 Satisfactory Class
[45,50) C- 1.75 Unsatisfactory
[40,45) D 1.0 Very Poor Lower Class
[0,40) F 0 Fail Lowest Class

2.12. Graduation Requirements

The minimum requirements for successful completion of the program are 188 Cr.Hr.
of course work. The student must also complete and successfully defend his/her final
year project by providing the originality of the work. The student shall attain a
minimum cumulative grade of 2.00 points in major courses as well as in his/her
entire study.

12
 2.13. Degree Nomenclature

The degrees awarded to students who successfully complete the minimum

requirements are shown as in below: The nomenclature of the degree earned by a
student of the Electromechanical Engineering Program, shall, in English and
Amharic, read as follows:

In English:
“Bachelor of Science Degree in Electromechanical Engineering
In Amharic:
“የሳይንስ ባችለር ዲግሪ በ ኤሌክትሮ- ሜካኒካል ምህንድስና”

2.14. Course Coding

Every course has been given an identification tag, characterized by four digit code
preceded by five letters. For Bachelor of Science Degree Program in Mechatronics
Engineering, the course coding looks like: “EMEg5101”

For example in the code “EMEg5101”;

 EMEg: Refers the home base which is Electromechanical Engineering.

 The first digit (5) represents the year (level) in which the course is given,
 The second digit (1) indicates the category number to which the course
belongs,
 The last two digits (01) indicate the course number and the semester in which
the course is given.
o All courses given in the first semester are represented by odd number
(01, 03, 05, 07 …etc.)
o All courses given in the second semester are representing by even
number (02, 04, 06, 08…etc.)

2.15. List of Courses and Category

Course Category

There are two course categories in the curriculum:

13
 Category 0 = Common (National and University) and Supportive
Courses,

Category 1 = Core/Compulsory Courses,

Table 6: Distribution of credit hours for all course composition

Category Total Percentage (%)

Cr. hr
1 Core Course ( major and supportive course) 152 80.42%
2 Core Elective/focus area course ------- ---------
3 University requirement (Core) 3 1.97%

Core Course Total Cr. hr 155 82%

4 National Requirement 34 18%

Total Cr. hr 189

List of Courses

Table 7: Common Courses/National Requirement

0. Common Courses
No. Course Title Credit-hour
01 Logic & Critical Thinking 3
02 General Psychology 3
03 Communicative English Skills I 3
04 Geography of Ethiopia and the Horn 3
05 Physical fitness 2
06 Social Anthropology 2
07 Communicative English Skills II 3
08 Moral & Civic education 2
09 Inclusiveness 2
10 Global trend 2
11 Introduction to Economics 3
12 History of Ethiopia and the Horn 3
13 Industrial management & Engineering Economy 3
Total Cr. 34

14
Table 8: Core Courses

No. Course Title Credit-hour

01 Object oriented programming in python 3
02 Computational Methods 3
03 Introduction to Machine learning 3
04 Mechanism Machinery 3
05 Mechanical Vibrations 3
06 Strength of materials 4
07 Design of Machine Elements I 3
08 Design of Machine Elements II 3
09 Machine drawing with CAD 3
10 Manufacturing Processes & Automation 3
11 Engineering thermodynamics 3
12 Fluid Mechanics 3
13 Hydraulics & Pneumatics 3
14 Fundamental of Electrical Circuits 4
15 Applied Electronics I 3
16 Applied Electronics II 3
17 Electrical Machine 3
18 Embedded systems 3
19 Power Electronics & Drive 4
20 Control systems 3

21 Modern control 3

22 Signal and systems 3

23 Digital signal processing 3

24 Digital Logic Design 3

25 Instrumentation & Measurement 3
26 Virtual instrumentation 3
27 Introduction to robotics 3
28 Introduction to Computer Vision 3

29 Industrial Automation & Process Control 3

30 Design of Mechatronic systems 4

31 Mechanical workshop practice 2

32 Workshop for mechatronics 2
33 Smart Materials & Applications 3
34 Integrated Engineering Team Project 3

15
 35 Industrial internship 6
36 BSc thesis 6
37 Mathematics for Natural Sciences 3
38 General Physics 3

39 Emerging Technology for Engineers 3

40 Applied mathematics I 4

41 Applied mathematics II 4
42 Applied mathematics III 4
43 Probability & Statistics 3

44 Introduction to Computer Programing 3

45 Engineering Drawing 3
46 Engineering Mechanics I :Statics 3

47 Engineering Mechanics II: Dynamics 3

48 Entrepreneurship for Engineers 3

Total Cr. 155

2.16. Course Breakdown for Regular Program

Table 9: Course Breakdown for Regular Program

Year I, Semester I

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.hr Lec. Tut. Lab.
1 Phil1009 Logic & Critical Thinking 3 3 0 0
2 Psyc1011 General Psychology 3 3 0 0
3 FLEn1003 Communicative English Skills– I 3 3 0 0
4 GeEs1005 Geography of Ethiopia and The Horn 3 3 0 0
5 Math1007 Mathematics For Natural Science 3 3 0 0
6 Phys1001 General Physics 3 3 0 0
7 SpSc1013 Physical Fitness P/F 0 0 2
18 18 0 2

16
Year I, Semester Il

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.hr Lec. Tut. Lab.
1 EmTe2011 Emerging Technology for Engineers 3 3 0 0
2 Anth1002 Social Anthropology 2 2 0 0
3 Entr1106 Entrepreneurship for Engineers 3 3 0 0
4 FLEn1004 Communicative English Skill-II 3 3 0 0
5 Math1014 Applied Mathematics I B 4 3 3 0
6 MCiE1012 Moral and Civic Education 2 2 0 0
7 Incl1010 Inclusiveness 2 2 0 0
Total 19 18 3 -
Year Il, Semester I

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.hr Lec. Tut. Lab.
1 EMEg2001 Engineering Drawing 3 1 0 4
2 Comp2003 Introduction to Computer Programing 3 2 0 3
3 CEng2005 Engineering Mechanics I :Statics 3 2 3 0
4 Math2007 Applied Mathematics II B 4 3 3 0
5 Econ2009 Economics 3 3 0 0
6 GLTr2011 Global Trend 2 2 0 0
Total 18 13 6 7

Year Il, Semester Il

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.hr Lec. Tut. Lab.
1 MEng2102 Engineering Mechanics II Dynamics 3 2 3 0
2 Math2042 Applied Mathematics IIIB 4 3 3 0
3 Stat2091 Probability& Statistics 3 2 3 0
4 EMEg3107 Fundamental of Electrical Circuits 4 3 3 0
5 Hist2002 History of Ethiopia and the Horn 3 3 0 0
6 EMEg2106 Mechanical Workshop Practice 2 1 0 3
Total 19 13 19 9

17
Year IlI, Semester I

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.hr Lec. Tut. Lab.
1 EMEg3101 Engineering Thermodynamics 3 2 3 0
2 EMEg2102 Strength of Materials 4 2 3 3
3 EMEg3103 Computational Methods 3 2 0 3

4 MEng3151 Design of Machine Elements I 3 2 3 0

5 EMEg3104 Electrical Machine 3 2 0 3
6 EMEg3105 Workshop for Mechatronics 2 0 0 6
Total 18 11 18 9

Year IlI, Semester Il

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.hr Lec. Tut. Lab.
1 EMEg3102 Signals & Systems 3 2 0 3
2 MEng3110 Mechanism of Machinery 3 2 3 0
3 EMEg2104 Object Oriented Programming in 3 2 0 3
Python
4 MEng3112 Design of Machine Elements II 3 2 3 0
5 EMEg3106 Applied Electronics I 3 2 0 3
6 EMEg3108 Machine Drawing with CAD 3 1 3 3
Total 19 11 19 15

Year IV, Semester I

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.hr Lec. Tut. Lab.
1 MEng4109 Mechanical Vibrations 3 2 3 0
2 EMEg4101 Applied Electronics II 3 3 0 3
3 EMEg4103 Fluid Mechanics 3 2 3 0
4 EMEg4105 Control Systems 3 2 0 3
5 EMEg4107 Digital Signal Processing 3 2 0 3
6 EMEg4108 Smart Materials & Applications 3 2 0 3

Total 18 13 6 12

18
 Year IV, Semester II

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.hr Lec. Tut. Lab.
1 EMEg4102 Modern Control System 3 2 0 3
2 EMEg4104 Industrial Automation & Process Control 3 2 0 3
3 IETP4115 Integrated Engineering Team Project 3 0 0 4
4 EMEg4113 Instrumentation & Measurement 3 2 0 3
5 EMEg4110 Systems
Power Electronics & Drive 4 3 0 3
6 EMEg4112 Digital Logic Design 3 2 0 3
Total 19 14 0 18

Year IV, Semester Summer

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.hr L T P
1 EMEg4111 Industrial Internship 6 -- -- --

Year V, Semester I

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.hr Lec. Tut. Lab.
1 EMEg5101 Design of Mechatronic System 4 3 0 3
2 EMEg5103 Virtual Instrumentation 3 2 0 3
3 EMEg5105 Embedded systems 3 2 0 3
4 EMEg5107 Introduction to Robotics 3 2 0 3
5 EMEg5109 Hydraulics & Pneumatics 3 2 0 3
6 EMEg4106 Manufacturing Processes & 3 3 0 3
Automation
7 EMEg5113 B.Sc. Thesis Phase I -- 0 0 3
Total 19 11 0 22
Year V, Semester I

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.hr Lec. Tut. Lab.
1 EMEg5102 Industrial Management & Engineering Economy 3 2 3 0
2 EMEg5104 Introduction to Machine learning 3 2 0 3
3 EMEg5106 Introduction to Computer Vision 3 2 0 3
4 EMEg5114 B.Sc. Thesis phase II 6 - - -
Total 15 6 3 6

19
 2.17. Course Plan

Logic & Critical Thinking

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Science Department: Social Science
2 Course Category Common Course Course Code: Phil1012
Course Name Logic and Critical Thinking
Synopsis: Logic and Critical Thinking is an inquiry that takes arguments as its basic objects of
3 investigation and it is an exercise, a habit, a manner of perception and reasoning that
has principles of rationality as its fulcrum, and dynamically involves various reasoning
skills that ought to be human approach to issues and events of life. Logic and Critical
Thinking enables to construct one‟s own sound argument and to evaluate the arguments
of other‟s and evaluate arguments‟ validity, strengths and weaknesses.

4 Name(s) of Biruk Shewadeg, Mohammod Zeinu, Shumye Getu (PhD), and Teshome Abera (PhD).
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: I Year: 1
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- No
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Analyze the philosophy, logic, and language nexus.

CLO2 Describe basic logical concepts, arguments, deduction, and induction.
CLO3 Cultivate the habits of critical thinking.
CLO4 Evaluate the nature and types of fallacies.
CLO5 Identify the four types of categorical proposition.
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
PO10

PO11

PO12

Assignment
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5
PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Methods
Lab-report
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √

20
 CLO4 √ √ √ √
CLO5…et √ √ √ √ √
c.
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Develop the habits of critical thinking.

2 Acquire the ability of writing and communicating persuasively.

3 Develop the techniques of constructing valid and sound argument.

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning Guided Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline (F2F) Learning Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

Chapter 1: Logic and 1 6 3 5 14

Philosophy
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Meaning and Definition of
philosophy
1.3 Core Branches of Philosophy
1.4 Importance of Learning Logic
and Philosophy

Chapter 2: Basic Concepts of 2 10 8 8 26

Logic
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Basic Concepts of Logic
2.3 Techniques of recognizing
arguments
2.4 Types of Arguments
2.5 Evaluation of Arguments

Chapter 3: Logic and Language 3 6 3 3 12

3.1 Introduction
3.2 Logic and Meaning
3.3 Logic and Definition
3.4 Criteria for Lexical Definitions

21
Chapter 4: Basic Concepts of 2,3,4 5 6 7 18
Critical Thinking
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Meaning and Definition of 2,4
Critical Thinking
4.3 Principles of Critical Thinking 2,4
4.4 Criterion/Standard of 2,3,4
Argument Good Argument
4.5 Factors Affecting Critical 2,34
Thinking
4.6 Relevance of Critical 2,4
Thinking
Chapter 5: Logical Reasoning 2,5 9 7 6 22
and Fallacies
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Types of Fallacies: Formal 2,3,5
and Informal
5.3 Categories of Informal 2,5
Fallacies
Chapter 6: Categorical 6 5 7 8 20
Propositions
6.1 Introduction
6.2 The Components of
Categorical Propositions
6.3 Attributes of Categorical
Propositions
6.4 Venn Diagrams and Square
of Oppositions
6.5 Logical Operations:
Conversion, Obversion, and
Contraposition

Total 41 34 37 112
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Test I 20 1 1
2 Assignment I 15 2 2
3 Test II 10 1 1

22
 4 Quiz 5 1 1
5 Choose an item.
Total 5
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 3 3
Grand Total SLT 120
13 Text book . Hurley, Patrick J. (2014) A Concise Introduction to Logic, 12th Edition, Wadsworth,
Cengage Learning.

1. Copi, Irving M.and Carl Cohen, (1990) Introduction to Logic, New York: Macmillan
References Publishing
Company.
2. Stephen, C. (2000) The Power of Logic. London and Toronto: Mayfield Publishing
company.

3. Fogelin, Robert, J, (1987) Understanding Arguments: An Introduction to Informal Logic,

New York: Harcourt Brace Jvanovich Publisher.
4. Damer, Edward. (2005). Attacking faulty reasoning. A practical guide to fallacy free
argument. Wadsworth Cengage learning, USA.

23
 General Psychology

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Science Department: Social Science
2 Course Category Common Course
Course Name General Psychology
Course Code: Psyc1011
3 Synopsis: The course encompasses the fundamental concepts and principles of psychology and
psychological processes which have immense applications to human life and to develop
life skills based on the theories and principles of psychology.
4 Name(s) of Awoke Mihretu, Mihret Abraham, Geta Walelegn, Wondwossen Girma, and Gashaw
Academic Staff: Tesfa
5 Semester and Year Semester: I Year: 1
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- None
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Differentiate the branches of Psychology, various research methods and types of Psychological
Disorders.
CLO2 Discuss the importance of life skills and the process of perception, memory and forgetting
CLO3 Apply the different learning theories, academic, social and intra-personal skills in various
situations.
CLO4 Analyze the major theories of personality, motivation and emotion.
CLO5 Evaluate major perspectives in psychology and treatment techniques of psychological disorder.
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Teaching
Methods

L T P O

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √

24
 CLO5 √ √ √ √
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1. Ability to define psychology, Differentiating Psychology from Common sense, Identifying the different fields
of Psychology and Identify the different approaches and research skills in Psychology.
2. Cognitive (e.g., creativity and information management). Communication (e.g., active listening and public
speaking). Personal (e.g., conscientiousness and integrity). Social (e.g., collaboration and leadership
abilities).
3. Problem-Solving - learn to apply strategies & approaches for understanding problems as well as learn to
identify practical steps for implementing solutions.
4. Critical Evaluation - learn to assess whether evidence for a phenomenon is accurate or not and how to
identify the shortcomings and pitfalls of a particular line of action.
11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Activities Total (SLT)
CLO Guided learning (F2F) Guide Indepe
Course Content Outline d ndent
Learni Learnin
ng g
(NF2F (NF2F)
)
L T P O+

Chapter One: Essence of CLO 5 1 6 12

Psychology 1&
CLO
5
a. Definition of Psychology and
Related Concepts
b. Goals of Psychology
1.3. Historical Background and
Major Perspectives in
Psychology
1.4. Branches/Sub-fields of
Psychology
1.5. Research Methods in
Psychology
Chapter Two: Sensation and CLO 3 1 3 7
Perception 2

25
2.1. The meanings of sensation
and perception

2.2. sensory laws: Sensory

Thresholds and Sensory
Adaption
2.3. Perception

Chapter Three: Learning and CLO 6 1 2 6 15

Theories of Learning 3

3.1. Definition, Characteristics and

Principles of Learning
3.1. Factors Influencing Learning
3.2. Theories of Learning and their
Applications
Chapter 4: Memory and CLO 2 1 3 6
Forgetting 2
4.1. Memory
4.2. Forgetting
4.3. Improving Memory
Chapter 5: Motivation and CLO 3 1 3 7
Emotions 4
5.1. Motivation
5.2. Emotions
Chapter Six: Personality CLO 4 2 4 10
4

6.1. Meaning of Personality

6.2. Measures of Personality
6.3.Theories of Personality
Chapter Seven: Psychological CLO 5 1 1 5 12
Disorders and their Treatment 1
Techniques &
CLO
5
7.1. Nature of Psychological
Disorders
7.2. Causes of Psychological
Disorders

26
7.3. Types of Psychological
Disorders
7.4. Treatment Techniques
Chapter Eight: Introduction to CLO 1 1 1 3
Life Skills 2
8.1. Nature and Definition of Life
skills
8.2. Components of Life Skills
8.3. Goals of Life Skills

Chapter Nine: Intra-Personal CLO 3 1 1 3 8

Skills 3

9.1. Self-Concept and Self-

Awareness
9.2. Self-esteem and self-
confidence
9.3. Self-Control
9.4. Anger Management
9.5. Emotional Intelligence and
Managing Emotion
9.6. Stress, Coping with Stress and
Resilience
9.7. Critical and Creative Thinking
9.8. Problem Solving and Decision
Making
Chapter Ten: Academic Skills CLO 3 1 3 7
3

10.1. Time Management

10.2. Note-taking and Study Skills
10.3. Test-Taking Skill
10.4. Test Anxiety and Overcoming
Test Anxiety
10.5. Goal Setting
10.6. Career Development Skill
Chapter Eleven: Social Skills CLO 3 1 1 3 8
3

27
 11.1. Understanding cultural
Diversity
11.2. Gender and Social Inclusion
11.3. Interpersonal Communication
Skills
11.4. Social Influences
11.5. Peer Pressure
11.6. Assertiveness
11.7. Conflict and Conflict
Resolution
11.8. Team Work
11.9. Overcoming Risky Behavior
Total 38 4 13 40 95
**
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total - 50 (%)
1 Tests I 10 1 2 3
2 Individual Assignments 10 2 2
3 Test II 15 1 2 3
4 Group Assignment 10 3 4 7
5 Quiz 5 1 1
Total 16
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 3 6 9
Grand Total SLT 120
12 Special requirements 1 General Psychology Module
and resources
13 Text Book Ministry of Science and Higher Education (MoSHE) (2019). General
Psychology (Psyc1011) Module. Addis Ababa: Author.
Reference 1 Coon, D. & Mitterer, J.O. (2008). Introduction to psychology: Gateways to mind
and behavior (12th ed). New York, NY: McGraw Hill.
2 Feldman, R.S. (2018). Essentials of understanding psychology (13th ed). New
York, NY: McGraw Hill.
3 Kalat, J.W. (2013). Introduction to psychology (13th ed). New York, NY:
McGraw Hill.
4 Lahey, B.B. (2008). Psychology: An introduction (10th ed). New York, NY:
McGrawHill.

28
 Communicative English Skills I

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Sciences Department: English
2 Course Category Common Course
Course Name
Communicative English Language Skills I
Course Code: FLEn 1011
3 Synopsis: This course will cover specific language aspects such as developing basic functions of
English language skills such as reading, listening, writing, speaking, vocabulary and
grammar.
4 Name(s) of Alemshet Gebrewold
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: I Year: I
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3

7 Prerequisite/ Co- Non

requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Speak with accuracy, fluency, and confidence using appropriate expressions in different
contexts.
CLO2 Explain and infer various reading and listening materials.
CLO3 Write well-structured texts.
CLO4 Apply variety of grammatical skills in various communicative contexts
CLO5 Make use of contextual clues to acquire meanings of unfamiliar words from context.
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Teaching
Methods
L T P O

CLO1 X X X X X X
CLO2 X X X X X X X X
CLO3 X X X X X X X
CLO4 X X X X X X X
CLO5 X X X X X X X

29
 Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Public speaking and individual presentation skills

2 Mastery of macro and micro skills

3 Cooperative learning

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning (F2F) Guided Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline Learning Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

Chapter 1: : Study Skills 1,2,3 1 2 2 5

1.1 Listening: What is a lecture?
1.2 Grammar focus: Modals and 1,2,3 1 1 1 3
infinitives for giving advice
1.3 Reading: Reading for study 1,2,3 1/2 1 1 2 1/2
1.4 Grammar focus: Present 1,2,3, 1 1 1 3
perfect tense 4,5
1.5 Reflections 1,2,3, 1/2 1 1 2 1/2
4,5
1.6 Self-assessment 1,2,3, 1/2 1 1 2 1/2
4,5
1.7 Summary 1,2,3, 1/2 1 1 2 1/2
4,5
Chapter 2: Health and Fitness 1,2,3 1/2 1 1 1/2
2.1 Listening: Zinedine Zidane
2.2 Conditionals 1,,3,4 1 1 1 3
,5
2.3 Reading: Health and fitness 1,2,3 1 1 1 3

2.4 Vocabulary: Guessing 1,2,3 1 1 2 4

meaning from context
2.5 Reflections 1,2,3, 1/2 1 1 2 1/2
4,5
2.6 Self-assessment 1,2,3, 1/2 1 1 2 1/2
4,5
2.7 Summary 1,2,3, 1/2 1 1 2 1/2
4,5

30
Chapter 3: Cultural Values 1,2,3 1/2 1 2 2 1/2

3.1 Listening: Cultural tourism 1,2,3 1 2 1 4

3.2 Grammar focus: The present 1,3,4, 1 2 3 6

simple, past simple, present 5
perfect and past perfect in
contrast
3.3 Strategies for improving 1,3,4, 1 1 1 3
English grammar knowledge 5
3.4 Reading: The Awramba 1,2,3 1 1 1 3
community
3.5 Reflections 1,2,3, 1/2 1 1 2 1/2
4,5
3. 6 Self-assessment 1,2,3, 1/2 1 1 2 1/2
4,5
3.7 Summary 1,2,3, 1/2 1 1 2 1/2
4,5
Chapter 4: Wildlife 1,2,3 1/2 1 2 3 1/2

4.1 Listening: Human-wildlife 1,2,3 1 1 1 3

interaction

4.2 Reading: Africa„s wild 1,2,3 1 1 1 3

animals
4.3 Vocabulary: Denotative and 1,2,3 1 1 1 3
connotative meanings
4.4 Grammar focus: Conditionals 1,3,4 1 1 2 4
revised 5
4.5 Reflections 1,-5 1/2 1 1 2 1/2

4.6 Self-assessment 1-5 1/2 1 1 2 1/2

4.7 Summary 1,-5 1/2 1 1 2 1/2

Chapter 5: Population 1,2,3 1/2 1 0 1 1/2

5.1 Listening: Population density 1,2,3 1 1 2

5.2 Reading: Population pyramid 1,2,3 1 1 2

5.3 Vocabulary: Collocation 1,2,3 1 1 2

31
 5.4 Grammar Focus: Voice 1,3,4, 1 2 3 6
5
5.5 Reflections 1-5 30 1 1 2 1/2

5.6 Self-assessment 1,-5 30 1 1 2 1/2

5.7 Summary 1-5 30 1 1 2 1/2

Total 28 42 42 112
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Debate 10 1/2 1/2 1
2 Speech Delivery 10 1/2 1/2 1
3 Group Assignment 10 2 2
4 Reading and Grammar 10 1 2 3
5 Listening 10 1 1
Total
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 3 5 8
Grand Total SLT 120
12 Special 1 Listening: Language Lab
requirements and
2 Extra Reading materials
resources
3 Supplementary grammar exercises

4 Open speaking sessions

1 Alfassi, M. 2004. Reading to learn: Effects of combined strategy instruction on

high school students. Journal of Educational Research, 97(4):171-184
13 reference:
2 Bade, M. 2008. Grammar and good language learners. In C. Griffiths (Eds.).
(note: ensure the
Lessons from good language learners (pp. 174-184). Cambridge University
latest edition
Press. https//doi.org/10.107/CBO9780511497667.016
/publication)
3 Bouchard, M. 2005. Reading comprehension strategies for English language
learners: 30research-based reading strategies that held students read,
understand and really learn content from their textbooks and other
nonfiction materials. New York: Scholastic.
4 Department of Foreign Language and Literature. 1996. College English (Volume
I and Volume II). Addis Ababa University Press.
14. Text Book Takele,Ferede(Dr.)., Yinager,Tekelesilassie(Dr.).,& Geremew, Lemu.(2019).
Module for Communicative English Language Skills I. (unpublished). MOSHE.

32
 Geography of Ethiopia and the Horn

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Science Department: Social Science
2 Course Category Common Course
Course Name Geography of Ethiopia and the Horn

Course Code: GeES1005

3 Synopsis: This course covers a brief description on the location, shape and size of Ethiopia as well
as basic skills of reading map, the physical background and natural resource endowment
of Ethiopia and the Horn which includes its geology and mineral resources, topography,
climate, drainage and water resources, soil, fauna and flora. It also deals with the
demographic characteristics of the country and its implications on economic
development.

4 Name(s) of Dagmawie Tesfaye (PhD)

Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: I Year: 1
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- None
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Demonstrate basic knowledge on the geographic attributes of Ethiopia and Horn.
CLO2 Acquire general understanding of physical geographic processes, and
human-environment relationships.
CLO3 Develop ethical aptitudes and dispositions necessary to live in harmony with the natural
environment
CLO4 Develop an understanding of national population distributional patterns and dynamics
CLO5. Describe the comparative advantages of economic regimes; and understand the impacts of
globalization.
2 CLO 6 Identify their country‟s overall geographic conditions and opportunities;
Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
9 Teaching
Methods

33
 L T P O

CLO1 √ √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √
CLO5…. √ √ √ √
CLO 6 √ √ √ √
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Develop a map reading skill

2 Locate a place on a map using longitude and latitude

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning Guided Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline (F2F) Learning Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

Chapter 1: Introduction 1 3 2 5 10
1.1. Geography: Definition,
scope, themes and
approaches
1.2 . Location, Shape and Size
of Ethiopia and the Horn
1.2.1. Location and its effects
1.2.2. The shape of Ethiopia
and its implication
1.2.3. The size of Ethiopia
and its implications
1.3. Basic Skills of Map Reading
Chapter 2: The geology of 2 3 3 6 12
Ethiopia and the horn
2.1. NTRODUCTION
2.2 The Geologic Processes:
Endogenic and Exogenic Forces
2.3. The Geological Time scale
and Age Dating Techniques

34
 2.4. Geological Processes and
the Resulting Landforms
2.4.1. The Precambrian Era
geologic processes and resultant
features
2.4.2. The Paleozoic Era
geologic processes and resultant
features
2.4.3. The Mesozoic Era
geologic processes and resultant
features
2.4.4. The Cenozoic Era
geologic processes and resultant
features
2.5. Rock and Mineral
Resources of Ethiopia
Chapter 3: The Topography of 3 2 3 5 10
Ethiopia and the Horn
3.1. Introduction
3.2. Physiographic Divisions
3.2.1 The Western Highlands
and Lowlands .
3.2.2 The Southeastern
Highlands and Lowlands
3.2.3 The Rift Valley
3..3. The Impacts of Relief on
Biophysical and Socioeconomic
Conditions
Chapter 4: Drainage systems 3 3 3 6 12
and water resources of
Ethiopia and the horn
4.1. Introduction
4.2. Major Drainage Systems of
Ethiopia
4.3. Water Resources: Rivers,
Lakes, and Subsurface Water
4.4. General Characteristics of
Ethiopian Rivers
4.5. Water Resources Potentials
and Development in Ethiopia

35
Chapter 5: The climate of 5 4 3 7 14
Ethiopia and the horn
5.1. Introduction
5.2. Elements and Controls of
Weather and Climate
5.3. Spatiotemporal Patterns and
Distribution of Temperature and
Rainfall in Ethiopia
5.4. Agro-ecological Zones of
Ethiopia
5.5. Climate and its Implications
on Biophysical and
Socioeconomic Aspects
5.6. Climate Change/Global
Warming: Causes,
Consequences and Response
Mechanisms
Chapter 6. : Soils, natural 6 3 3 6 12
vegetation and wildlife
resources of Ethiopia and the
horn
6.1. Introduction
6.2. Ethiopian Soils: Types,
Degradation and Conservation
6.3. Types and Distribution of
Natural Vegetation in Ethiopia
6.4. Natural vegetation: Uses,
Degradation and Conservation
Strategies
Chapter 7. Population of
Ethiopia and the horn
7.1 Introduction 4 5 5 10 20
7.2. Population Data: Uses and
Sources
7.3. Population Dynamics:
Fertility, Mortality and Migration
7.4. Population Distribution and
Composition
7.5. Sociocultural Aspects of
Ethiopian Population: Education,

36
Health and Language

Chapter 8. Economic activities 6 4 4 8 16

in Ethiopia
8.1. Introduction
8.2. Mining, Fishing and Forestry
8.3. Agriculture in Ethiopian
8.3. 1.. Contributions, potentials
and characteristics of agriculture
in Ethiopia
8..32. Agricultural systems in
Ethiopia
8.3.3. Major problems of
Ethiopian agriculture
8.4. Manufacturing in Ethiopia

8.4.1. Manufacturing:
essence and contributions
8.4.2. Types, characteristics
and distribution of manufacturing
8.4.3. Industrial development
in Ethiopia: Challenges and
Prospects
8.5. The Service Sector in
Ethiopia
8.5.1. Transportation and
communication in Ethiopia:
types, roles and characteristics
8.5.2. Trade in Ethiopia:
types, contributions and
characteristics
8.5.3. Tourism in Ethiopia:
Types, major tourist attraction
sites, challenges and prospects
Total 27 26 53 106
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 15 1 1
2 Assignments 10 1 1 2

37
 3 Tests 10 1 1 2
4 Assignments 10 1 1 2
5 Quiz 5 1 1
Total 14
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 2 4 6
Grand Total SLT 120
13 Text book Ministry of Science and Higher Education Moral and Civic Education Module.

1 Morgan R.P.C (2005). Soil Erosion and Conservation. National Soil Resources
Institute, Cornfield University. Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK
Reference 2 Assefa M., Melese W., Shimelis G. (2014). Nile River Basin; Eco hydrological
Challenges, Climate Change and Hydro politics. Springer International
Publishing, Switzerland.
3 Robert, E.G, James, F.P & L. MichaelT. (2007). Essentials of Physical
Geography. Thomson Higher Education, Belmont, 8th edition...
4 Addis Ababa University (2001). Introductory Geography of Ethiopia, Teaching
Text, Department of Geography.

38
 Mathematics for Natural Science

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Science Department: Mathematics
2 Course Category Common
Course Name Mathematics for natural science
Course Code: Math1007
3 Synopsis: This course covers the basic concepts of logic and set theory, the real and complex
number systems, Mathematical induction, least upper bound and greatest lower bound,
functions and types of functions, polynomial and rational functions, logarithmic and
exponential functions, trigonometric functions, hyperbolic functions and their graphs and
analytic geometry.
4 Name(s) of
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: I Year: 1
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- None
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Analyze basic concepts of logic and set theory.

CLO2 Describe the fundamental properties of real and complex numbers system.
CLO3 Identify basic properties of functions.
CLO4 Analyze basic concepts of analytic geometry.
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Teaching
Methods
L T P O

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)

39
 1 knowledge of understanding and analyzing mathematical equations.
2 Skill of understanding and analyzing mathematical equations.
3 Knowledge of understanding and analyzing mathematical word problems.
4 Skill of understanding and solving mathematical problems.
5 Knowledge for understanding mathematical context for the next courses.
11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning Guided Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline (F2F) Learnin Learning
g (NF2F)
(NF2F)
L T P O
Chapter 1: Proportional Logic and
Set Theory
1.1 Definition and examples of
proportion
1.2 Logical proportions
1.3 Compound (or complex) proportions
1.4 Tautology and contradiction 0 0 2
1.5 Open proportion and quantifiers 1 5 7 10 24
1.6 Set Theory
1.7 The concept of a set
1.8 Description of sets
1.9 Set operations and Venn diagrams
Chapter 2: The real and complex 2 5 7 0 0 2 10 24
number systems
2.1 The real number system
2.2 he natural numbers, principle of
Mathematical induction and the well
ordering Principle
2.3 The integers, rational numbers and
real numbers
2.4 Upper bound and lower bound:
least upper bound and greatest lower
bound;
completeness property of real numbers
2.5 Complex number system
2.6 Definition of complex numbers and
their operations
2.7 Polar representation of complex

40
numbers and the De-Moivere‟s formula
2.8 Extraction of roots
Chapter 3: Functions
3.1 Review of relations and functions
3.2 Real-valued functions and their
properties
3.3 Types of functions and inverse of a
function 3 4 7 0 0 2 13 26
3.4 Polynomials, zeros of polynomials,
rational functions, and their graphs
3.5 Definitions and basic properties of
logarithmic, exponential, trigonometric
and hyperbolic functions, and their
graphs
Chapter 4: Analytic Geometry
4.1 The straight-line: Division of
segments and various forms of equation
of a line
4.2 Circles
4.3 Definition of circles and examples
4.4 Equation of circle center at the
origin and different from the origin
4.5 Intersection of a circle and a line
4.6 Parabola
4.7 Definition of parabola and standard
form of equation of parabola 4 7 10 0 0 2 15 34
4.8 Equation of parabola parallel to the
x-axis(the y-axis)
4.9 Ellipse
4.10 Definition of ellipse and examples
4.11 Equation of ellipse center at the
origin and different from the origin
4.12 Hyperbola
4.13 Definition of hyperbola and
examples
4.14 Equation of hyperbola of center at
the origin transverse axis to x-axis (the
y-axis)
Total 21 31 0 0 8 48 108

41
 Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 25 1 1 2
2 Assignments 20 2 1 3
3 Quize 5 0.5 1 1.5
Total 6.5
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 3 2.5 5.5
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

13 Text book and 1 Text book:

reference:  Alemayehu haile and yismaw alemu, mathematics an introductory
(note: ensure the course,AAU, Department of Mathematics
latest edition  Ministry of Science and Higher Education: Mathematics for Natural
/publication) Science Module 2020.
References
1 Abera Abay, An introduction to Analytic Geometry, AAU, 1998
2 set theory and logic, supplementary materials, Math 103:
3 Fundamental concept in Mathematics, Yismaw Alemu
4 Contemporary Mathematics with Applications, A. Calini, E. Jurisich, S. Shields,
2008:

42
 General Physics

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Science Department: Physics
2 Course Category Common Module
Course Name General Physics
Course Code: Phys1001
3 Synopsis: This algebra based introductory course is designed to enable students to learn the basic
concepts, principles, and applications of elementary physics. The topics include vectors,
Kinematics & Dynamics of Particles, Fluids Mechanics, Heat and Thermodynamics,
Oscillations, Waves and optics, Electromagnetism & Electronics, Cross-Cutting Applications
of Physics.
4 Name(s) of
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: I Year: 1
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- None
requisite: (if any)

8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:
Measure physical quantities in the laboratory with appropriate attention to minimizing possible sources
CLO1 of random and systematic errors.
CLO2 Analyze the kinematics and dynamics of particles using the basic physics laws such as Newton‟s laws
of motion and gravitation, and the laws of conservations of energy and linear momentum
CLO3 Solve problems of fluid mechanics by applying continuity equation, Bernolli‟s equation, and
thermodynamics problems by applying the first law of thermodynamics and concepts of heat capacity.
CLO4 Use the laws of electromagnetism, such as Coulomb's law, Faraday's Law, and Kirchhoff's rules, to
solve problems.
CLO5 Identify the cross-cutting applications of physics knowledge in different streams.
9 Mapping of the Course Learning Outcomes to the Program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Assessment
Teaching
Assignment
PO10

PO11

PO12
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5
PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Lab-report

Methods
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1    
CLO2        

43
 CLO3     
CLO4      
CLO5   
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√” on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Develop analytical skills through Lab.
2 Develop communication skills
3 Develop problem-solving skills
11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total

CL (SLT)
Guided learning (F2F) Guided Independen
Course Content Outline O
Learning t Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

Chapter 1: Preliminaries
1.1 Physical Quantities and Units
of Measurement 1 2 3 3 8
1.2 Uncertainty in Measurement
and Significant Digits
1.3 Vectors: composition and
resolution
1.4 Unit Vectors
Chapter 2: Kinematics &
Dynamics of
Particles
2.1 Displacement, Velocity and
Acceleration in 1D and 2D 6 9 1 9 25
2.2 Motion with Constant
Acceleration 1,2,
2.3 Free Fall Motion 3
2.4 Projectile motion
2.5 Particle Dynamics and
Planetary Motions
2.5.1 The Concept of Force as a
Measure of Interaction
2.5.2 Types of forces
2.5.3 Newton‟s Laws of Motion

44
 and Applications
2.5.4 Circular Motion
2.5.5 Newton‟s Law of Universal
Gravitation and Examples
2.5.6 Kepler‟s laws, satellites
motion and weightlessness
2.6 Work, Energy and Linear
Momentum
2.6.1 Work and Energy
2.6.2 Linear Momentum
2.6.3 Conservation of Energy
and Linear Momentum /
Collisions
2.6.4 Power
2.6.5 The Concept of Center of
Mass
Chapter 3: Fluids Mechanics
3.1 Properties of Bulk Matter
3.2 Density and Pressure in Static 11
Fluids 3,4 3 4.5 3.5
3.3 Buoyant Forces, Archimedes‟
principle
3.4 Moving Fluids & Bernoulli‟s
Equation
Chapter 4: Heat &
Thermodynamics
4.1 The Concept of Temperature: 1 13
Zeroth Law of 4.5
Thermodynamics 3,4 3 4.5
4.2 The Concept Heat and Work
4.3 4.3 Specific Heat and Latent
Heat
4.4 Heat Transfer Mechanism
4.5 Thermal Expansion
4.6 First Law of Thermodynamics
Chapter 5: Oscillations, Waves
and Optics
5.1 Simple Harmonic Motion 1 15
5.2 The Simple Pendulum 3,4 4 6 4
5.3 Wave and Its Characteristics

45
5.4 Resonance
5.5 Doppler Effect
5.6 Image formation by thin lens
Chapter 6: Electromagnetism &
Electronics
6.1 Coulomb‟s Law and Electric
Fields
6.2 Electric Potential 1 17
6.3 Current, Resistance and 6
Ohm‟s Law 3, 5 4 6
6.4 Electrical Power
6.5 Equivalent Resistance &
Kirchhoff‟s Law
6.6 Magnetic Field and Magnetic
Flux
6.7 Electromagnetic Induction
6.8 Insulators, Conductors,
Semiconductors
6.9 Diodes / Characteristics Curve
6.10 Transistors
Chapter 7: Cross Cutting
Applications of Physics
7.1 Application in Agriculture
7.1.1 Energy balance concept,
energy balance in soils,
moisture content, soil
densities, soil moisture 2 3 8
characteristics
7.2 Physics and Industries 3
7.2.1 Principle of Motor and 6
generator
7.3 Physics in Health Sciences
and Medical Imaging
7.3.1 Radiation and its biological
effect, x-ray, MRI,
Ultrasound
7.4 Physics and Archeology
7.4.1 Radioactive Dating
7.5 Application in Earth and Space
Sciences

46
 7.5.1 Geothermal Energy,
Seismometer, Radio and TV
communications
7.6 Application in Power
Generation
7.6.1 Solar and Wind
Total 24 36 4 33 97
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 25 2 2 4
2 Assignments 5 1 2 3
3 Lab-report 15 1 6 7
4 Quize 5 1 1
Total 15
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 2 6 8
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

12 Textbook and 1 General Physics Module

reference: 2
th
Serway, R. A. and Vuille, C., (2018) College Physics, 11 ed., Cengage Learning,
(note: ensure Boston, USA (Textbook)
the latest 3 Douglas C. Giancoli (2008) Physics for Scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics,
edition 4th ed.
/publication) 4 Herman Cember and Thomas A. Johnson, (2008) Introduction to Health Physics, 4 ed.
th

th
5 William R. Hendee and E. Russell Ritenour, (2002) Medical Imaging Physics, 4 ed.

47
 Physical fitness

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Science Department: Social Science
2 Course Category Common
Course Name Physical Fitness
Course Code: SpSc 1013
3 Synopsis: This course covers:- Concepts of physical fitness, the health benefits of physical activity,
making well-informed food choices, health related components of fitness and principles of
exercise prescription and assessment of fitness components
4 Name(s) of Mesfin Mengesh, Beshir Edo and Ali Wale
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: I Year: 1
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 2
7 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 State the basic Concepts of physical fitness conditioning exercise

CLO2 Identify the Health Benefits of Physical Activity
CLO3 Recognize Making Well-Informed Food Choices
CLO4 Demonstrate Health related components of fitness and principles of exercise prescription
CLO5 Demonstrate Assessments of fitness components
8 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Teaching
Methods
L T P O

CLO1     


CLO2   
CLO3   
CLO4     
CLO5    
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
9 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Develop healthy and fitness long life skills

48
 Emerging Technology for Engineers

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and mechanical engineering Department: Computer engineering
2 Module Category Computer engineering Module Code:
Module Name
Course Code: EmTe1108
3 Synopsis: This course will enable students to explore current breakthrough technologies in the
areas of Artificial Intelligence, Internet of Things and Augmented Reality that have
emerged over the past few years. Besides helping learners become literate in emerging
technologies, the course will prepare them to use technology in their respective
professional preparations.

4 Name(s) of
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: II Year: 1
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- None
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Identify, explain, and differentiate all industrial revolutions

CLO2 Explain, identify and differentiate data science, artificial intelligence, internet of things and
augmented reality
CLO3 Apply the big data, artificial intelligence, and internet of things concepts in different sectors
CLO4 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of emerging technologies such as big data, artificial
intelligence, internet of things and augmented reality
CLO5 Explain and use ethics and professionalism in emerging technologies
3 CLO6 Explain and differentiate other emerging technologies such as nanotechnology, biotechnology,
quantum computing, computer vision, cyber security, and 3D printing
9 Mapping of the Course Learning Outcomes to the Program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods, and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
PO10

PO11

PO12

Assignment
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5
PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Methods
Lab-report
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √ √

49
 CLO4 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO6 √ √ √ √ √
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning Guided Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline (F2F) Learning Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O X

Chapter One: Introduction CLO1 0.5 0.5

to Emerging Technologies
1.1 Evolution of
Technologies
1.2 Role of Data for CLO1 0.5 1 1.5
Emerging Technologies
1.3 Enabling devices and CLO1 0.5 0.5
network (Programmable
devices)
1.4 Human to Machine CLO1 1 1 2
Interaction
1.5 Future Trends in CLO1 0.5 0.5
Emerging Technologies
Chapter Two: Data Science CLO2 0.5 1 1.5
2.1 An Overview of Data CLO3
Science CLO4
2.2 Data types and their CLO2 0.5 1 1.5
representation CLO3
CLO4
2.3 Data value Chain CLO2 1 1 2
CLO3
CLO4
2.4 Basic concepts of big CLO2 1 2 3
data CLO3
CLO4

50
Chapter Three: Artificial CLO2 1 1 1 3
Intelligence (AI) CLO3
3.1 What is Artificial CLO4
Intelligence (AI)
3.2 History of AI CLO2 0.5 0.5
CLO3
CLO4
3.3 Levels of AI CLO2 0.5 1 1 2.5
CLO3
CLO4
3.4 Types of AI CLO2 1 2 1 1 1 6
CLO3
CLO4
3.5 Influencers of artificial CLO2 0.5 1 1 2.5
intelligence CLO3
CLO4
3.6 Applications of AI CLO2 1 2 1 4
CLO3
CLO4
3.7 AI tools and platforms CLO2 1 2 1 1 5
CLO3
CLO4
3.8 Some examples of AI CLO2 1 2 1 1 5
application CLO3
CLO4
Chapter Four: Internet of CLO2 1 1 1 3
Things (IoT) CLO3
4.1 Overview of IoT CLO4
4.2 How does it work? CLO2 1 2 1 1 1 6
CLO3
CLO4
4.3 IoT Tools and Platforms CLO2 1 2 1 1 5
CLO3
CLO4
Chapter Five: Augmented CLO2 1 1 2
Reality (AR) CLO3
5.1 Overview of augmented CLO4
reality
5.2 Virtual reality (VR), CLO2 1 2 1 1 1 6
Augmented Reality (AR) vs. CLO3
Mixed reality (MR) CLO4

51
5.3 The architecture of AR CLO2 1 2 1 1 5
Systems CLO3
CLO4
5.4 Applications of AR CLO2 1 1 1 1 4
Systems CLO3
CLO4
Chapter Six: ETHICS AND CLO5 0.5 0.5
PROFESSIONALISM OF
EMERGING
TECHNOLOGIES
6.1 Technology and ethics
6.2 New ethical questions CLO5 0.5 0.5
related emerging
technology
6.3 Digital privacy CLO5 1 2 3

6.4 Accountability and trust CLO5 0.5 1 1.5

6.5 Treats and challenges CLO5 0.5 1 1.5

Chapter Seven: Other CLO6 1 1 1 1 4

emerging technologies
7.1 Nanotechnology
7.2 Biotechnology CLO6 0.5 1 1.5

7.3 Block chain technology CLO6 1 2 3

7.4 Cloud and quantum CLO6 0.5 1 1 1 3.5

computing
7.5 Autonomic computing CLO6 0.5 1 1.5
(AC)
7.6 Computer vision CLO6 0.5 1 1 1 3.5

7.7 Embedded systems CLO6 0.5 1 1.5

7.8 Cyber security CLO6 1 1 2

7.9 Additive manufacturing CLO6 0.5 1 1 1 3.5

(3D Printing)
Total 28 42 12 12 9 103
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Lab/Demonstration 15 1 2 3
2 Test/quiz 15 1 2 3
3 Assignment/Presentatio 20 2 3 5
n

52
 4 Choose an item.
5 Choose an item.
Total 11
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 2 4 6
Grand Total SLT
12 Special requirements 1 Different software simulation tools
and resources 2 Computer lab
3 Choose an item.
4 Choose an item.
5 Choose an item.

13 Text book 1 Follett, J. (2014). Designing for Emerging Technologies: UX for Genomics, Robot
ics, and the Internet of Things: O'Reilly Media.
References 2 Vong, J., & Song, I. (2014). Emerging Technologies for Emerging Markets: Sprin
ger Singapore.
3 Del Rosal, V. (2015). Disruption: Emerging Technologies and the Future of Work
. Emtechub.
4 Sadiku, M. N. O. (2019). Emerging Internet-Based Technologies: CRC Press.
5 Mohamed Anis Bach Tobji, Rim Jallouli, Yamen Koubaa, Anton Nijholt Digital Ec
onomy. Emerging Technologies and Business Innovation, 2018

53
 Social Anthropology

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Science Department: Social Science
2 Course Category Common Course
Course Name Social Anthropology
Course Code: Anth1011
3 Synopsis: This course as a freshman course gives an understanding of different key areas of
anthropological inquiry: family, means of production, political organizations, social
organization, language, religion, and gender
4 Name(s) of Teshome Abera (PhD)
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: II Year: 1
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 2
7 Prerequisite/ Co- None
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Develop a critical perspective in order to acquire a detailed and Dynamic understanding of culture
society and Characteristic feature of culture
CLO2 Understand the cultural and biological diversity of humanity and unity in diversity across the world
and in Ethiopia;
CLO3 Analyze and discuss different forms of marginalization in society and the problem of ethno
centrism
CLO4 Identify customary systems of governance and conflict resolution institutions of the various
peoples of Ethiopia;
CLO5 Describe the significance of Indigenous knowledge
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Course Learning
Outcomes (CLO)

Assessment
Teaching
Assignm

Project

Methods
PO10

PO11

PO12

Quiz
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5
PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Lab-
Test

L T P O
CLO1 √ √ √ √

CLO2 √ √

CLO3 √ √ √ √

54
 CLO4 √ √ √ √

CLO5 √ √ √ √ √

Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Develop written communication skill

2 Develop Analytical and critical thinking skills.

3 Acquire problem solving skills.

4 Develop the ability to construct an argument skill

5 Internalize clear, logical and independent thinking skill.

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning Guided Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline (F2F) Learning Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

Unit1. introducing CLO

Anthropology and its Subject 1
Matter
1.1.Definition, Scope and
Subject Matter of Anthropology
1.2.Sub-fields of anthropology 3 1 3 7
1.3. Unique (Basic) Features of
Anthropology. 1.4.Misconceptions
about
anthropology
1.5. The Relationship between
Anthropology and Other
Disciplines
1.6. The Contributions of
anthropology
1.7. Unit Summary
Unit 2: Human Culture and CLO
Ties that Connect 1
2.1 Conceptualizing Culture: 4 4 8
What Culture is and What
Culture isn't
2.2 Characteristic Features of

55
Culture
2.3 Aspects/Elements of Culture
2.4. Cultural Unity and
Variations: Universality,
Generality and Particularity of
Culture
2.5. Evaluating Cultural
Differences: Ethnocentrism,
Cultural Relativism and Human
Rights
2.6. Culture Change
2.7. Ties That Connect:
Marriage, Family and Kinship
2.8. Unit Summary
Unit 3: Human Diversity, CLO
Culture Areas and Contact in 2
Ethiopia 3 1 3 7
3.1 Human Beings & Being
Human: What it is to be
human?
3.2 Origin of the Modern Human
Species: Homo sapiens sapiens
3.3 The Kinds of Humanity:
human physical variation
3.4 Human Races: the history of
racial typing
3.5 he Grand Illusion: Race,
turns out, is arbitrary
3.6 Why is Everyone Different?
Human Cultural
Diversity/Variation
3.7 Culture area and cultural
contact in Ethiopia
Unit4.Marginalized,Minorities, CLO
and Vulnerable Groups 3
4.1 Definition of concepts 3 3 6

4.2 Gender-based
marginalization Female genital
cutting
4.3 Marginalized occupational

56
groups
4.4 Age-based vulnerability
4.5 Religious and ethnic
minorities
4.6 Human right approaches and
inclusiveness: Anthropological
perspectives
4.7. Unit Summary
Unit 5: Identity, Inter-Ethnic
Relations and Multiculturalism
in Ethiopia CLO 3 1 3 7
5.1 Identity, Ethnicity and Race: 3
Identification and Social
Categorization

5.2 Conceptualizing Ethnicity –

What‟s it?
5.3 Ethnic Groups and Ethnic
Identity
5.4 Race –The Social
Construction of Racial Identity
5.5 Theories of Ethnicity:
Primordialism, Instrumentalism
and Social Constructivism

5.6 Instrumentalist (Situational)

Theory of Ethnicity
5.7 Unit Summary
Chapter 6: Customary and CLO
Local Governance Systems 4,
and Peace Making 3 3 6
6.1. Indigenous and local
governance

6.2. Intra and inter-ethnic conflict

resolution institutions
6.3.Inter-ethnic conflict
resolution
6.4. Women‟s role in conflict
resolution and peace-making
6.5.Legal pluralism:

57
 interrelations between
customary, religious and state
legal systems
6.6. Unit Summary
Unite 7 Indigenous Knowledge CLO
Systems (IKS) and Practices 5 4 1 3 8
7.1. Definition of concepts
7.2. Significance of indigenous
knowledge
7.3. Indigenous knowledge and
development
7.4. Preservation, Challenges
and Limitations of IK
7.5. The Erosion of Indigenous
Knowledge Systems(IKS)
7.6. Unit summary
7.7.
23 4 23 49
Total
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 15 1 1
2 Assignments 10 12 12
3 Tests 10 1 1
4 Quize 5 1 1
5 Assignments 10 12 12
27
Total
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 100% 2 2 4
80
Grand Total
12 Text book Ministry of Science and Higher Education Social Anthropology Module.

1 Kottak, Conrad Phillip, 2011 Anthropology, Appreciating Human Diversity.

Reference Random House, New York.
2 Salzman, P.C. & Rice P. C. 2004 Thinking Anthropologically: a practical guide for
students.Pearson/Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey
3 Podolefsky & Brown 1996 Applying Anthropology Mayfield Pub. Co. Mountain
View California
4 Dip Kapoor And Edward Shizha(2010). Indigenous Knowledge And Learning In
Asia/Pacific And Africa Perspectives On Development, Education, And Culture.
Palgrave Macmillan.USA

58
 Entrepreneurship for Engineers

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Science Department: Business and Management
2 Course Category Common Module
Course Name Entrepreneurship for Engineers
Course Code: Entr1106
3 Synopsis: This course is designed to encourage students to start their own business and to acquaint
them with the peculiar challenges and management decisions faced by owners of small
business. It will develop such entrepreneurial skills as: identifying business opportunities;
initiating, financing, and developing new venture business plans. It also addresses issues
of small business, such as: legal aspects, financing, costing, locating, personnel,
marketing, competition, sources of funding, and constituency services.
4 Name(s) of
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: II Year: 1
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 2
7 Prerequisite/ Co- None
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to:

CLO1 Provide entrepreneurial service for the society

CLO2 Embark on their own business
CLO3 Address issues of the small business
CLO4 Be enterprising, innovative and practical entrepreneur
CLO5 Write, communicate and win proposals
CLO6 Act professionally and ethically to establish and operate value adding and problem solving
enterprises
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
PO10

PO11

PO12

Assignment
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5
PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Methods
Lab-report
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √

59
 CLO6 √ √ √ √
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Skill of to be enterprising, innovative and practical entrepreneur.

2 Skill of write, communicate and win proposals.

3 Skill of innovative and creative

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided Guided Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline learning (F2F) Learning Learning
(hrs) (NF2F) (NF2F) (hrs)
(hrs) (hrs)
L T P O

Chapter 1: The Nature Of Entrepreneurship

1.1 Historical Origin of Entrepreneurship
1.2 Definition of Entrepreneurship and
Entrepreneurs 1 3 2 3 2 10
1.3 Type of Entrepreneurs
1.4 Role of Entrepreneurs in Economic
Development
Chapter 2: Business Planning
2.1 Opportunity Identification and Evaluation
2.2 Business Idea Development and Identification 1,2 2 2 2 2 8
2.3 Business Idea Screening
2.4 Developing Business Plan
Chapter 3: Business Formation
3.1 The Concept of Small Business 3,4 3 3 2 2 10
3.2 Establishing SMEs
3.3 Operating SMEs
Chapter 4: Product and Service Development
4.1 The Concept of Product/ Service Technology
4.2 Product/Service Development Process 3,4 2 2 2 2 8
4.3 Legal and Regulatory Framework for
Entrepreneurs
4.4 Intellectual Property rights Protection
Chapter 5: Marketing Strategy 4,5 3 3 2 4 12
5.1 The Marketing Concept
5.2 Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning
5.3 The Marketing Mix Strategy

60
 Chapter 6: Business Financing 5 3 2 2 3 10
6.1 Sources of Modern and Traditional SME
Financing
6.2 Micro financing for SMEs
6.3 Crowd funding
Chapter 7: Managing Growth and Transition 2,6 2 2 2 2 8

7.1 Timmons Model of Entrepreneurship

7.2 New Venture Expansion Strategies
7.3 Business Ethics and Social Strategy
Total 18 16 15 19 68

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F(hrs) NF2F (hrs) SLT(hrs)
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 25 1.5 1.5 3
2 Assignments 20 2 4 6
3 Quiz 5 0.5 1.5 2
Total 11
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 2 5 7
Grand Total SLT 86
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

12 Text book and Text Book

reference: 1. Hisrich, R.D., Peters, M.P., Shepherd, D.A. (2011), Entrepreneurship,
McGraw Hill International.
Reference
1. International Labor Organization (2015) Generate Your Business Idea.
2. Kotler & Keller ( 2012) Marketing Management, 14th edition, Prentice
Hall
3. Antoncic, J.A. and Antoncic, B., 2011. Employee satisfaction,
entrepreneurship and firm growth: a model. Industrial Management &
Data Systems: Bingley.
4. Autio, E., George, G. and Alexy, O., 2011. International
Entrepreneurship and Capability Development: Qualitative Evidence
and Future Research Directions. Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice:
Waco / Oxford.
5. Ghillyer, A.W., 2011. Management: A real world approach. 2nd ed. Mc
Graw-Hill: Maiden-head.
6. Morris, M.H., Kuratko, D.F., Schindehutte, M. and Spivack, A.J., 2012.
Framing the entre-preneurial experience. Entrepreneurship Theory and
Practice: Waco / Oxford.
7. Wulfen, G.v., 2011. Creating innovative products and services: The
fourth innovation method. Gower Publishing Limited: Farnham.
8. Cholle, F.P., 2012. The intuitive compass: Why the best decisions
balance reason and instinct. Jossey-Bass: San Francisco.

61
 Communicative English Skills II

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Sciences Department: English
2 Course Category Common Course
Course Name Communicative English Language Skills II
Course Code: FLEn 1012
3 Synopsis: Communicative English Language Skills II Module is a continuation of Communicative
English Language skills I Module, and it mainly aims to provide first year University
students proficiency with speaking, listening, reading and writing skills.
4 Name(s) of Alemshet Gebrewold
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: II Year: I
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- Communicative English Language Skills I
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Speak with accuracy, fluency, and confidence using appropriate expressions in different contexts.
CLO2 Comprehend various reading and listening materials.
CLO3 Write well-structured texts.
CLO4 Apply variety of grammatical skills in various communicative contexts
CLO5 Make use of contextual clues to acquire meanings of unfamiliar words from context.
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Teaching
Methods
L T P O

CLO1 X X X X X X
CLO2 X X X X X X X X
CLO3 X X X X X X X
CLO4 X X X X X X X
CLO5 X X X X X X X
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Public speech

62
 2 Independent learning and individual writing

3…etc. Cooperative learning

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning (F2F) Guided Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline Learning Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

Chapter 1: Life Skills 1,2,3 1 1 2 4

1.1 Reading passage: The
concept of life skills
1.2 II Grammar: Active and 1,2,3 1 1 2 4
passive voices
1.3 Reading: Reading for study 1,2,3 1 1 2 4

1.4 Speaking 1,2,3, 1 1 2 2 6

4,5
Chapter 2: Speculations about 1,2,3 1 1 2 4
the future of Science
2.1 Speculations about the future
of Science
2.2 Grammar: Future Tense 1,,3,4 1 1 2 4
,5
2.3 Speaking 1,2,3 1 1 2 2 6

2.4 Writing 1,2,3 1 1 2 2 6

Chapter 3: Environmental 1,2,3 1 1 2 4

protection
3.1 Reading: Environmental
Challenges: A river run through it
3.2 Grammar: Modal verbs 1,3,4, 1 1 2 4
5
3.3 Speaking 1,3,4, 1 1 2 2 6
5
3.4 Writing 1,2,3 1 1 2 2 6

Chapter 4: Indigenous 1,2,3 1 1 2 2 6

Knowledge
4.1 Reading: A local Pathway to
Global Development

63
 4.2 Grammar: Reported Speech 1,2,3 1 1 2 2 6

4.3 Speaking 1,2,3 1 1 2 2 6

4.4 Writing 1,3,4 1 1 2 2 6

5
Chapter 5: Cultural Heritage 1,2,3 1 1 2 4
5.1 I Reading: Cultural Heritage
What is it? Why is it important 1,2,3
5.2 Grammar: Relative Clauses 1,2,3 1 1 2 4

5.3 Speaking 1,2,3 1 1 2 2 6

5.4 Writing 1,3,4, 1 1 2 2 6

5
Total 20 20 22 40 102
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)

1 Debate 10 1 1 2

2 Speech Delivery 10 1 1 2

3 Group Assignment 10 1 1 2

4 Reading and Grammar 10 1 1 2

5 Paragraph writing 10 2 3 5

Total
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 3 2 5
Grand Total SLT 120
12 Special requirements 1 Extra writing books
and resources to 2 Extra Reading materials
deliver the course 3 Supplementary grammar exercises
(e.g. software, 4 Open speaking sessions
computer lab, 5 Choose an item.
simulation room
…etc.)
1 Azar, B. S. (2003). Fundamentals of English grammar. Longman.

2 Eggenschwiler, J.,& Biggs, E.D. (2001). Writing:Grammar, Usage, and

13
Reference: Style. New York.Hungry Minds. Inc
(note: ensure the 3 Lucy, J. A., & Lucy, L. A. (Eds.). (1993). Reflexive Language: Reported
latest edition Speech andMeta pragmatics. Cambridge University Press.
/publication) 4 Murphy, R. (2012). English Grammar in Use. Ernst Klett Sprachen.
14 Text Book Abiy,Yigzaw. (2020). Communicative English Language Skills II. (unpublished).
MOSHE.

64
 Moral & Civic Education

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Science Department: Social Science
2 Course Category Common Module Module Code:
Course Name Moral and Civic Education
Course Code: MCiE1012
3 Synopsis: This course generally covers basic understanding of civics and ethics, approaches of
ethical decision-making, moral judgment, state and government, Constitution,
Democracy and Human Rights.
4 Name(s) of
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: II Year: 1
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 2
7 Prerequisite/ Co-
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Understand the subject matter of Civics and Ethics;

CLO2 Cultivate certain moral values and civic virtues that enable them to be morally matured and
competent in their professional and citizenry lives
CLO3 Develop values/ virtues as recognition, appreciation and tolerance towards diversity and also
build culture of peace
CLO4 Gain knowledge about the theoretical discourses and practices of state, government and
citizenship, and their mutual interplay especially in the context of Ethiopia;
CLO5 Develop individual and/or collective potential of becoming self-confident citizens who can
effectively participate in their legal-political, socio-economic and cultural lives;
CLO6 Understand the essences of such values and principles as democracy and human rights,
multiculturalism and constitution and constitutionalism with especial reference to Ethiopia;
CLO7 Develop analytical and reflective skill of identifying global or national level development,
democracy/governance and peace related issues of civics and ethics
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
PO10

PO11

PO12

Assignment
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Methods
Lab-report
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 x x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x x

65
 CLO3 x x x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x x
CLO5 x x x x x
CLO6 x x x x
CLO7 x x x x x
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “x” on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Reasoning Skill

2 Analytical Skill

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning Guided Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline (F2F) Learning Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

Chapter One :Understanding 1&6 3 1 2 6

Civics and Ethics
1.1 Defining Civics, Ethics,
Morality and amorality
1.2 The Origin and Development
of Civics and ethical education
1.3. The purpose of civics and
ethical education
1.4. Citizens‟ Rights and
responsibilities
1.5. Competences of good
citizen
Chapter Two: Approaches to 1,2,3 14 2 4 20
Ethics &6
2.1.Normative ethics
2.1.1TeleologicalEthics(Consequ
entialist)
2.1.2. Deontological Ethics (Non-
Consequentialist)
2.1.3. Virtue Ethics and Civic
Virtues
2.2. Non-Normative Ethics
2.2.1. Meta Ethics
2.3. Issues in Applied Ethics

66
2.3.1. Development Ethics
2.3.2. Environmental Ethics
2.3.3. Professional Ethics
Chapter Three: Ethical 3,7 5 2 2 9
Decision Making and Moral
Judgments
3.1. Ethical Principles and
Values of Moral Judgments
3.2 The principle of equal
consideration of interest
3.3. Conflicting goals and ethical
Justifications
3.4. Ethical values and
Justifiable exceptions
3.5. Why Should I act ethically?

Chapter Four: State, 4,5 13 2 4 19

Government and Citizenship
4.1. Understanding State
4.1.1. What is a state?
4.1.2. Attributes of State
4.1.3.State Structures
4.2. Understanding Government
4.2.1. Major Function and
Purpose of Government
4.2.2. Types of Government:
Limited and Unlimited
4.2.3 Systems of Government
4.3. Understanding Citizenship
4.3.1.Inclusion and exclusion in
Citizenship
4.3.2.Ways of Acquiring
Citizenship
4.3.3.Ways of Losing Citizenship

4.3.4.Citizenship in Ethiopian
Context: Past and Present
4.4. State Formation and Nation-
building in Ethiopian Context
Chapter Five: Constitution, 6,7 12 2 4 18
Democracy and Human Rights
5.1. Constitution and
Constitutionalism

67
5.1.1. Peculiar features of
Constitution
5.1.2. Major Purpose and
Functions of Constitution
5.1.3. Classification of
constitutions
5.1.4. The Constitutional
Experience of Ethiopia: pre and
post 1931
5.2 .Democracy and
Democratization
5.2.1. Definitions and Forms of
Democracy
5.2.2. Views on Democracy:
Substantive and Procedural
Views
5.2.3. Fundamental Values and
Principles of Democracy
5.2.4. Democratization and Its
Waves
5.2.5. Major actors in
Democratization Process
5.2.6. Democracy and Good
Governance in Ethiopia
5.3 Human Rights

5.3.1. Definitions and Nature of

Human Rights
5.3.2. Basic Characteristics of
Human Rights
5.3.3. Dimensions of Human
Rights
5.3.4. The Protection and
Promotion of Human Rights
5.3.5. Human Rights
Instruments: Documents
5.3.6. Oversight Mechanisms:
Institutions
Total 47 9 16
72
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT

68
 Total-50(%)

1 Tests 15% x 1
2 Quiz 5% x 1
3 Assignments 15% x x 2
4 Others 25%(Mid exam) x 2
Total 6
Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F SLT
(%)
Final Exam 40% 2 2
Grand Total SLT 80
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

13 1 Alexander, Larry (eds.). (1998). Constitutionalism: Philosophical Foundations.

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
2 Assefa Fisseha. (2006). Federalism and Accommodation of Ethnic Diversity in
Ethiopia: Comparative Study. Utrecht: Wolf Legal Publishers
3 David S. Oderberg and Timothy Chapel. (2004). Human values , new essays
on ethics and natural law palgravemacmillan, Great Britain
4 Fasil Nahum. 1997. Constitution for a Nation of Nations: The Ethiopian
Prospect. Lawrenceville,NJ: Red Sea Publishers
5 FDRE. (1995). The Constitution of the Federal Democratic of Ethiopia.
Federal NegarritGazeta: Addis Abeba

6 Jeavons, T. (1991). Learning for the common good: liberal education, civic
education, and teaching about philanthropy. Washington, DC: Association of
American Colleges
7 Macedo, S. (2000). Diversity and distrust: civic education in a multicultural
democracy. Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press
8 Goodin, Robert E. 2005. Reflective Democracy. Oxford University Press: New
York.

69
 Introduction to Economics

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Science Department: Business Management
2 Course Category Common Module
Course Name Introduction to Economics
Course Code: Econ2009
3 Synopsis: This course is an introductory course covering basic principles and issues of economics.
Broadly speaking, the course has two components, microeconomics and
macroeconomics. In microeconomics, the focus is on the way in which individual
economic agents – workers, consumers, households and firms – make decisions. This
part begins with a discussions and applications of the concepts of demand & supply;
theory of the consumer; theory of producer; and market structures. While in
macroeconomics, the study involves the study of the economy as a whole, especially
issues related to macroeconomic goals, national income account and its measurement,
interest rates macroeconomic problems such as unemployment, deficit and inflation,
growth and policy instruments.

4 Name(s) of Mengesha Yayo (Ph.D.), Dugassa Mulugeta (Ph.D.), Faris Ediris , Anigen Birhan, Mamo
Academic Staff: Girma, Akililu Amiga
5 Semester and Semester: II Year: II
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- None
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

CLO1 Describe the major economic agents and their respective roles and objectives using diagrams
CLO2 Analyze and apply the concepts of demand and supply and their interactions using concepts,
tabular, graphical and mathematical methods

CLO3 Analyze and apply the theory of consumer preferences and utility maximization approaches using
concepts, tabular, graphical, and mathematical tools

CLO4 Analyze and apply short- run behaviour of production and the related cost structure using
concepts, tabular, graphical, and mathematical functions

CLO5 Analyze and apply the different market structures and their real-world applications using concepts,
graphical, diagrams, and mathematical functions

CLO6 Describe and analyze macroeconomic goals, national income accounting, economic problems and
policy instruments in light Ethiopian context.

9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:

70
 Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment

Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning
Teaching

PO10

PO11

PO12

Assignment
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9
Methods

Lab-report
Project
L T P O

Quiz
Test
CLO1 √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO6 √ √ √ √ √ √
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Develop a skill of formulating, and solving demand and supply function, elasticity coefficient,
consumer utility optimization
2 Develop a skill of constructing cost and production function, cost and production optimization of
firms
3 Develop a skill of computing total revenue, profit, breakeven point , shutdown points , cost and
benefit of firms
4 Develop a skill of analyzing and interpreting economic data and use scientific judgment to draw
conclusions
11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided Guided Independent (SLT
Course Content Outline learning (F2F) Learning Learning )
(hrs) (NF2F) (NF2F)
(hrs) (hrs) (hrs)
L T P O

71
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.1 Definition and Meaning of Economics
1.2 Rationale of Economics
1.3 Scope and methods of economic analysis
1.3.1 Micro and macroeconomics
1.3.2 Positive and normative
economics
1.3.3 Inductive and deductive
reasoning in economics. 1 6 2 2 2 12
1.4 Scarcity, choice, opportunity cost and
production possibilities frontier
1.5 Basic economic questions
1.6 Economic systems
1.7 Decision making units and the circular flow
model

Chapter 2: Theory of Demand and Supply

2.1 Theory of Demand
2.1.1 Demand function, demand
schedule and demand
curve
2.1.2 Determinants of Demand
2.1.3 Elasticity of Demand
2.2 Theory of Supply
1,2 8 5 2 4 19
2.2.1 Supply function, supply
schedule and supply curve
2.2.2 Determinants of supply
2.2.3 Elasticity of supply
2.2.4 Market equilibrium

Chapter 3:Theory of Consumers‟ Behaviour

3.1 Consumer preferences
3.2 The concept of utility
3.3 Approaches of measuring Utility
3.3.1 The cardinal utility approach
3.3.1.1 Assumptions of cardinal utility 3 8
theory
3.3.1.2 Total and marginal utility 4 4 4 20
3.3.1.3 Law of diminishing marginal utility
(LDMU)
3.3.1.4 Equilibrium of the consumer
3.3.2 The ordinal utility approach

72
 3.3.2.1 Assumptions of ordinal utility
approach
3.3.2.2 Indifference curve and map
3.3.2.3 Properties of indifference curves
3.3.2.4 The marginal rate of substitution
(MRS)
3.3.2.5 The budget line or the price line
3.3.2.6 Equilibrium of the consumer

Chapter 4: Theory of Production and Costs

4.1 Theory of production in the short run
4.1.1 Definition of production
4.1.2 Production function
4.1.3 Total, average, marginal
product
4.1.4 The law of variable
proportions 3,4 7 4 2 4 17
4.1.5 Stages of production
4.2 Theory of costs in the short run
4.2.1 Definition and types of costs
4.2.2 Total, average, marginal
costs in the short run
4.2.3 Relationship between short-
run production and cost
curves
Chapter 5: Market structure
5.1 The concept of market in physical and
digital space
5.2 Perfectly Competitive market
5.2.1 Assumptions
5.2.2 Short run equilibrium of the
firm
5.2.3 Short run equilibrium of the
industry 3,4, 5 4 3 3 15
5.3 Monopoly market 5
5.3.1 Definition and Characteristics
5.3.2 Sources of Monopoly
5.4 Monopolistically competitive market
5.4.1 Definition and characteristics
5.5 Oligopolistic market
5.5.1 Definition and characteristics

73
 Chapter 6: : Fundamentals of macroeconomics
(with stylized facts from Ethiopia)
6. Fundamentals of macroeconomics

6.1 Goals of Macroeconomics

6 8 3 2 4 17
6.2 The National Income Accounting
6.2.1 Approaches to measure national
income (GDP)
6.2.2 Other income accounts (GNP,
NNP, NI, PI and DI)
6.3 Nominal versus Real GDP
6.4 The GDP deflator and the Consumer Price
Index(CPI)
6.5 The Business Cycle
6.6 Macroeconomic Problems
6.6.1 Unemployment
6.6.2 Inflation
6.6.3 Trade deficit and budget deficit
6.7 Macroeconomic Policy Instruments
6.7.1 Monetary policy
6.7.2 Fiscal policy
Total 42 22 15 21 100
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F(hrs) NF2F (hrs) SLT(hrs)
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 25 3 2 5
2 Assignments 20 2 3 5
3 Quiz 5 0.5 1.5 2
Total 12
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 3 5 8
Grand Total SLT 120
12 Text book and Text Book
reference: 2. Campbell R. McConnel, Economic Principles, Problems and Policies, 20th
(note: ensure the edition , publisher McGraw-Hill Higher Education, 2012
latest edition Reference
th
/publication) 1. A. Koutsoyiannis, Modern Microeconomics, 7 edition (2020)
th
2. R.S. Pindyck& D.L. Rubinfeld, Microeconomics. 8 edition (2013)
rd
3. Dwivedi, D.N., Microeconomics: Theory and Applications, 3 edition (2016)
4. N. Gregory Mankiw, Macroeconomics, 9th edition (2016)

74
 Global Trend

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Science Department: Social Science
2 Course Category Common Course Stream: Engineering
Course Name Global Trend
Course Code: GLTr2011
3 Synopsis: The course aims to equip students with the basics of international relations,
foreign policy and diplomacy, introduction to international political economy,
globalization and regionalism, and major contemporary global trends.
4 Name(s) of Academic Solomon G.
Staffs:
5 Semester and Year Semester: I Year: 2
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 2
7 Prerequisite None
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CLO1 Define the major theories of International Relations and develop the ability to critically evaluate
and apply such theories for global issues.
CLO2 Explain foreign policy and diplomacy and evaluate the overriding foreign policy guidelines of
Ethiopia in the past and present regimes.
CLO3 Explicate the nature, issues and elements of international political economy.
CLO4 Examine the major issues in globalization and regionalism in world politics.
CLO5 Analyze and evaluate the major contemporary global issues.
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
PO10

PO11

PO12

Assignment
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9

Methods
Lab-report
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills
1 Lifelong learning
2 Problem diagnosis

75
3 Individual and team work
Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Activities Total (SLT)
CLO Guided learning Guided Independent
Course Content Outline (F2F) Learning Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O
Chapter 1: Understanding
International Relations
1.1Conceptualizing Nationalism,
Nations and States
1.2Understanding International CLO 6 1 7 14
Relations 1
1.3 Levels of Analysis in
International Relations
1.4 The Structure of the International
System
1.5Theories of International
Relations
Chapter 2: Understanding Foreign
Policy and Diplomacy
2.1 Defining National Interest CLO 3 2 6 11
2.2 Understanding Foreign Policy 2
and Foreign Policy Behaviors

2.3. Overview of Foreign Policy of

Ethiopia
Chapter 3: International Political
Economy
3.1 Meaning and Nature of
International Political Economy (IPE)
3.2 Theoretical perspectives of 8
International Political Economy CLO 10 18
3.3 Survey of the Most Influential 3
National Political Economy systems
in the world
3.4. Core Issues, Governing
institutions and Governance of
International Political Economy
3.5. Exchange Rates and the
Exchange-Rate System

76
 Chapter 4: Globalization and
Regionalism
4.1Defining Globalization
4.2The Globalization Debates
4.3 Globalization and Its Impacts on CLO 6 3 11 20
Africa 4
4.4Ethiopia in a Globalized World
4.5Pros and Cons of Globalization
4.6Defining Regionalism and
Regional Integration
4.7. Major Theories of Regional
Integrations
5. Major Contemporary Global
Issues CLO 2 2 3 7
5.1Survey of Major Contemporary 5
Global Issues
Total 2 8 37 70
5
Total 70

Assessment

Percentage
Continuous Assessment Total-50(%) F2F NF2F SLT

1 Quiz 5%
2 Test I 15% ½ hr ½ hr 1
3 Assignment I 10% 2 2
4 Test II 10% ½ hr ½ hr 1
5 Assignment II 10% 2 2
1 5 6
Total
Final Exam
50 (%) 2 hr 2 hr 4
Final Exam
10
Total
Grand 80
Total
13 Reference 1 Balaam, David N., and Bradford Dillman. (2011). Introduction to International
Political Economy. Boston: Longman.
2 Baylis, J. and Steve S. (2001). The Globalization of World Politics: An
Introduction to International Relations. Oxford University Press: New York.

77
 3 Payne, J.R. (2013).Global Issues: Politics, Economics, and Culture (4th eds.).
Pearson Education, Inc.: Illinois State University.
4 Samuel P. Huntington, (1996). The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of
World Order. New York: Simon and Schuster.
5 Steans, Jill, (1998). Gender and International Relations, Cambridge, Polity Press,
Text book (Module) Ministry of Science and Higher Education (MoSHE) (2019). Global Affairs
Common Course Teaching Module. Addis Ababa.

78
 Inclusiveness

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Science Department: Social Science
2 Course Category Common
Course Name Inclusiveness
Course Code: Incl1010
3 Synopsis: The course will provide concepts of disabilities/vulnerabilities and inclusiveness,
application of assessment strategies for service provision, skills of demonstrating
inclusive culture and introduce the existing national and international legal frameworks.
In addition, the course will offer techniques on establishing partnership with stakeholders
and apply inclusiveness for peace, democracy and development.
4 Name(s) of Awoke Mihretu, Mihret Abraham, Getaw Walelegn, Wondwossen Girma, and Gashaw
Academic Staff: Tesfa
5 Semester and Year Semester: II Year: 1
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 2
7 Prerequisite/ Co- None
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to:

CLO1 Describe disabilities, vulnerabilities and Inclusiveness concepts

CLO2 Apply various assessment strategies for service provisions
CLO3 Demonstrate features of inclusive culture in peace, democracy, and development
CLO4 Appraise the existing legal frame work and resources allocation for inclusion
CLO5 Establish partnership with stakeholders
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Teaching
Methods
L T P O

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box

79
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Promote the characteristics of vulnerable People for better coexistence in society
2 Encourage the culture for inclusiveness
3 Apply indigenous inclusive values in practices
4 Demonstrate problem solving skills for inclusive services provisions in different sectors.
11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Activities Total
C Guided learning (F2F) Guid Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline L ed Learning
O Learn
ing (NF
(NF2 2F)
F)
L T P O

Chapter 1: Understanding 1
Disabilities and Vulnerabilities
Definitions of disability and
vulnerability
Types of disabilities and vulnerabilities 1 5 10
Causes of disability and vulnerability 4
Historical movements from segregation
to inclusion
The effects of attitude on the move
towards inclusion
Models of disability
Chapter 2: Concept of Inclusion 1
Definition inclusion
Principles of inclusion 3 4 7
Rationale for inclusion
Features inclusive environment

80
Chapter 3: Identification, 2
Assessment & Differentiated
services
Level of disabilities for support
Needs and potentials of persons with
disabilities 3 1 5 9
Needs and potentials of persons with
vulnerabilities
Assessment and evaluation Availability
of legal frameworks in line with
inclusion
Assessment and evaluation
inclusiveness of the sector plans
Assessment and evaluation attitude
towards inclusion
Assessment and evaluation of
accessibilities of social and physical
environments
Assessment and evaluation of
strategies and plans that remove social
and physical barriers to facilitate
inclusiveness
The components and purpose of
differentiated service plans
Assistive technologies and software to
enhance inclusion.
Chapter 4: Promoting Inclusive 3
Culture
Definition of Inclusive Culture
Dimensions of Inclusive culture
Policy related to Inclusive Culture
Building inclusive community
Means of establish inclusive culture 3 4 7
Inclusive values
Indigenous inclusive values and
practices

81
Chapter 5: Inclusion for Peace, 3
Democracy and Development
Definition of Peace, Democracy and
development from the perspective of 3 4 7
Inclusiveness
Sources of exclusionary practices
Exclusionary practices in the
community
Respecting divers needs, culture,
values, demands and ideas
Conflict emanated from exclusion
The full participation of the
marginalized group of people
The democratic principles for inclusive
practices
The importance of inclusion for
psychosocial development
The importance of inclusion for
economic development
The importance of inclusion for peace

Chapter 6: Legal frame work 4

Components of legal framework
International legal frame works in
relation to inclusiveness 2 3 5
National legal frame works in relation
to inclusiveness

Chapter 7 Resources Management 4

for Inclusion
Resources for inclusion 3 4 7
Planning for inclusion services

82
 Chapter 8: Collaborative 5
Partnerships with stakeholders
Definition of collaboration, partnership
and stack holder
Key elements of successful
collaboration
Benefits and challenges of 3 1 5 9
collaboration of stakeholders for the
success of inclusion
The strategies for effective co-planning
and team working
Characteristics of successful
stockholders partnerships
Strategies for community involvement

Total 24 3 34 61
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Test I 10 1 2 3
2 Individual Assignments 10 3 3
3 Test II 15 1 2 3
4 Group Assignment 10 3 3
5 Quiz 5 1 1
Total 13
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 2 4 6
Grand Total SLT 80
13 Text book 1 Ministry of Science and Higher Education (MoSHE) (2019). INCLUSIVENESS
(SNIE 1012) Module, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Reference 2 Alemayehu Teklemariam and Temsegen Fereja (2011). Special Need Education
in Ethiopia: Practice of Special Needs Education around the World. Washington:
Gallaudet University Press.
3 Alemayehu Teklemariam (2019). Inclusive Education in Ethiopia: WILEY and
Blackwell: Singapore
4 Tirussew Teferra and Alemayehu Teklemariam (2007). Including the Excluded:
Integrating disability into EFA Fast Track Initiative Process and National
Education Plans in Ethiopia. World Vision

83
 History of Ethiopia and the Horn

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Science Department: Social Science
2 Course Category Common Course
Course Name History of Ethiopia and the Horn
Course Code: Hist2002
3 Synopsis: This course describes why history is important, how history is studied and introduces the
region Ethiopia and the Horn. It treats human evolution, Neolithic Revolution, settlement
patterns as well as religion and religious processes in Ethiopia and the Horn. Based on
these historical backgrounds, the course describes states, external contacts, economic
formations and achievement in terms of architecture, writing, calendar, and others to the
end of the 13th century. Historical processes including states formation and power
rivalry, trade, external relation, threats and major battles, centralization and
modernization attempts, Italian occupation, and socio-economic conditions from 1800 to
1941 makes central position in the modern history of the region.
4 Name(s) of Dagmawie Tesfaye ( PhD)
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: II Year: 1
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- None
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Identify the nature of history

CLO2 Identify pertinent sources for the history of the peoples of Ethiopia and the Horn
CLO3 describe changes and continuities in Ethiopia and the Horn .
CLO4 Discuss the causes, courses and consequences of events that happened in the region
CLO5 Explain the nature of the region‟s external contacts and their effects
4 CLO 6 Appreciate peoples‟ achievements, heritages and cultural diversities of the region
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
PO10

PO11

PO12

Assignment
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5
PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Methods
Lab-report
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √

84
 CLO4 √ √
CLO5 √ √
CLO 6 √ √
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Develop a skill of critical analysis of sources.

2 Demonstrate a skill of substantiation of arguments.

3 Document a sources.

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning Guided Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline (F2F) Learning Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

Chapter 1: 1 4 4 8 16
1.1. The Nature and Uses of
History
1.2 Sources and Methods of
Historical Study
1.3. The History of Historical
Writing in Ethiopia and the Horn
1.4. The Geographical Context
of Human History in Ethiopia and
the Horn0
Chapter 2: Peoples and Cultures 2 3 3 6 12
in Ethiopia and the Horn
2.1. Human Evolution
2.2. Neolithic Revolution
2.3. The Peopling of the Region
2.4. Religion and Religious
Process
Chapter 3: Polities, Economy 3 4 4 8 16
and Socio-Cultural Processes in
Ethiopia and the Horn to the End
of the 13th Century
3.1. Evolution of State
3.2 Ancient Polities
3.3. External Contacts
3.4. Economic Formation

85
3.5. Socio-cultural Achievement

Chapter 4: Politics, Economy 4 3 4 7 14

and Socio-Cultural Processes
from the Late Thirteenth to the
beginning of the Sixteenth
Centuries
4.1 The “Restoration” of the
“Solomonic‟‟ Dynasty
4.2. Power Struggle,
Consolidation, Territorial and
Religious Expansion of the
Christian Kingdom
4.3. Political and Socio-
Economic Dynamics of Muslim
Sultanates
4.4. Rivalry between the
Christian Kingdom and the
Muslim Sultanates
4.5. External Relations 5

Chapter 5: Politics, Economy 5 5 10 20

and Socio-Cultural Processes
from Early Sixteenth to the End
of the Eighteenth Centuries
5.1. Interaction and Conflicts 6
between the Christian Kingdom
and the Sultanate of Adal
5.2. Foreign Interventions and
Religious Controversies
5.3. Population Movements

5.4. Interaction and Integration

across Ethnic and Religious
Diversities
5.5. Peoples and States in 4
Eastern, Central, Southern and
Western Region
5.6. The Period of Gondar
(1636-1769) and Zemene-
Mesafint / Era of the Princes
(1769-1855)
Chapter 6. Internal Interactions 4 5 5 10 20
and External Relations in

86
Ethiopia and the Horn, 1800-
1941
6.1. The Nature of Interactions
among Peoples and States of
Ethiopia and the Horn
6.2. Power Rivalry

6.3. The Making of Modern

Ethiopian State
6.4. Modernization Attempts 4

6.5. Socio-Economic
Issues/Developments
6.6. Socio-Economic 5
Issues/Developments
Chapter. 7. Internal 3 2 5 10
Developments and External
Relations, 1941–1994
7.1. Post-1941 Imperial Period 5

7.2. The Derg Regime (1974- 6

1991)
Total 27 27 54 108
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 15% 1 1
2 Assignments 10% 1 1
3 Tests 10% 2 2
4 Assignments 10% 1 1
5 Quize 5% 1 1
Total 12

87
 Applied Mathematics IB

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Science Department: Mathematics
2 Course Category Supportive Category Code:0
Course Name Applied Mathematics IB
Course Code: Math1002
3 Synopsis: The course is designed to develop students‟ confidence with mathematical concepts, use
of mathematical skills and techniques in a wide range of contexts specifically problem
solving and abstract thinking. It covers basic elements of vectors, vector spaces, matrices,
determinants, solving systems of linear equations, concepts and applications of
differential and integral calculus of one variable.
4 Name(s) of
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester II Year: I
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 4
7 Prerequisite/ Co- None
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to:

CLO1 Analyze the basic ideas of vector algebra and vector spaces
CLO2 Analyze Matrix Theory
CLO3 Describe the concepts of limit and continuity
CLO4 Apply derivatives and its application.
CLO5 Analyze definite, indefinite integrals and improper integral
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods
and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Assessment
Teaching
PO10

PO11

PO12
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5
PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Methods
Assignment

Lab-report

L T P O
Project
Quiz
Test

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √ √
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)

88
 1 Skill of formulating, and solving broadly defined technical or scientific problems by applying
knowledge of mathematics and science related to the content students are covering.
2 Skill of Applying thecourse knowledge tosolve complex engineering problems.

3 Skill of analyzing and interpreting mathematical data and use scientific judgment to draw
conclusions
11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
CLO Teaching and Learning Activities Total
Guided GuidedL Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline learning (F2F) earning( Learning
(hrs) NF2F) (NF2F) (hrs)
(hrs) (hrs)
L T P O

Chapter 1:Vectors and vector spaces

1.1Scalars and Vectors; located & position
vectors in R2 and R3
1.2Addition and scalar multiplication
1.3 Dot(Scalar) product, Magnitude of a
vector , Angle between two vectors,
Orthogonalprojection, Direction angles &
Direction cosines
1.4 Cross (Vector) product ; Triple products 1 7 7 4 6 24
with Applications
1.5 Lines and planes in R3
1.6 Vector space; Subspaces
1.7 Linear Dependence and independence
1.8 Basis of a vector space
Chapter 2:Matrices, Determinants & Systems
Of Linear Equations
2.1Definition of matrix and basic operations
2.2Product of matrices and some algebraic
properties
2.3Elementary row operations and echelon
forms
2.4 Rank of a matrix
2.5 Inverse of a matrix and its properties 1,2 6 6 4 6 22
2.6 Determinant of a matrix and its properties
2.7 System of linear equations; Cramer‟s rule;
Gaussian‟s method; characterization of
solutions
2.8 Eigen values and Eigenvectors

89
Chapter 3:Limit and continuity
3.1Definition of limit
3.2Examples of limit of a function
(linear, quadratic, rational with linear denominator)
3.3Basic limit theorems 3
3.4 One sided limits
3.5 Infinite limits, limit at infinity and asymptotes 3 4 4 14
3.6 Continuity of a function; one sided
continuity; Intermediate value theorem

Course content outline CLO Teaching and Learning Activities Total

(SLT)
Guided GuidedL Independent
(hrs
learning (F2F) earning( Learning
(hrs) NF2F) (NF2F)
(hrs) (hrs
L T P O

Chapter 4:Derivatives and application of

derivatives
4.1Definition, examples & properties of
derivatives; basic rules; the chain rule
4.2Derivatives of inverse functions; Inverse
trigonometric functions; Hyperbolic and
inverse hyperbolic functions 3,4 12 12 4 10 38
4.3Implicit differentiation; higher order
derivatives
4.4 Application of derivatives: Extreme of a
function; mean value theorem; first and second
derivative tests; Concavity
and inflection point ; Curve sketching
4.5 Indeterminate Forms (L‟Hopital‟s Rule)

90
 Chapter 5:Integration
5.1Anti-derivatives; indefinite integrals
5.2 Techniques of integration
5.2.1Integration by substitution, by parts and
By partial fraction
5.2.2 Trigonometric integrals
5.2.3 Integration by trigonometric substitution
5.3 Definite integrals; Fundamental Theorem of
Calculus 3,4, 9 9 7 7 32
5.4 Improper integrals 5
5.5Application of integrals; Area ;
Volume of solid of revolution; Arc Length;
Surface Area

Total 37 37 23 33 130
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F(hrs) NF2F (hrs) SLT(hrs)
Total-50
1 Tests 25 3 6 9
2 Assignments 20 3 9 12
3 Quiz 5 1 0 1
Total 22
Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 3 5 8
Grand Total SLT 160
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

12 Text book and 1 Text Book

reference: Robert Ellis and Denny Gulick, Calculus with analytic geometry, 6th ed,
(note: ensure the Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Publishers, recent edition.
latest edition
/publication) Reference
2 1. Leithold, The calculus with analytic geometry, 3rd Edition, Herper&Row,
publishers.
th
2. Howard Anton: Calculus with analytic geometry, 2017, 7 edition, Anton
Text
Books, Inc.
3. H. Anton and C. Rorres, Elementary Linear Algebra, 2018,6th edition,
john Wiley & sons, Inc.
th
4. James Stewart: Calculus, 2021, 6 edition,Thomson Brooks/ Cole

91
 Applied Mathematics IIB

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Science Department: Mathematics
2 Course Category Supportive Category Code:0
Course Name Applied Mathematics II
Course Code: Math 2001
3 Synopsis: The course is designed to develop students‟ confidence with mathematical concepts , use of
mathematical skills and techniques in a wide range of contexts specifically problem solving
and abstract thinking. It covers basic elements of sequence and series, power series,
differential calculus of several variables and multiple integral concepts and their
applications.
4 Name(s) of
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: I Year: 2
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 4
7 Prerequisite/ Co- Applied Mathematics IB(Math 1002)
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to :

CLO1 analyze the concepts of differential calculus of functions of several variables

CLO2 describe the main concept of multiple integrals
CLO3 analyze the basic ideas of sequence and series
CLO4 describe the basic concept of power series
CLO5 analyze the basic concept of Fourier series and Orthogonal Functions
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
PO10

PO11

PO12

Assignment
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5
PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Methods
Lab-report
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)

92
 1 knowledge of applying the content concept to solve complex engineering problems

2 Skill of applying the lesson content in any researches involving mathematical concepts

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided Guided Indepe (SLT)
Course Content Outline learning ndent
(F2F) Learnin Learnin
g g
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O
Chapter1:Differential calculus of function of several
variables
1.1Notations, examples, level curves and graphs
1.2 Limit and continuity
1.3 Partial derivatives; tangent lines, higher order partial
derivatives.
1.4 Directional derivatives and gradients
1.5 Total differential and tangent planes
1.6 Applications: tangent plane approximation of
values of a function 10 10 4 8 32
1.7 The chain rule, implicit differentiation 1
1.8 Relative extrema of functions of two variables
1.9 Largest and smallest values of a function on a given
set
1.10 Extreme values under constraint conditions:
Lagrange‟s multiplier
Chapter 2:Multiple integrals
2.1 Double integrals and their evaluation
by iterated integrals
2.2 Double integrals in polar coordinates
2.3 Application: Area, center of mass of plane region, 1,2 8 8 5 7 28
surface area.
2.3 Triple integrals in cylindrical and spherical coordinates
2.4 Application: Volume, center of mass of solid region
Chapter 3:Sequence and series
3.1Definition and types of sequence
3.2 Convergence properties of sequences
3.3 Subsequence and limit points
3.4 Definition of infinite series
3.5 Convergence and divergence, properties of
convergent series

93
3.6 Nonnegative term series 3 9 9 7 7 32
3.7 Tests of convergence
(integral, comparison, ratio and root tests)
3.8 Alternating series and alternating series test
3.9 Absolute and conditional convergence
3.10 Generalized convergence tests

Chapter 4:Power series

4.1 Definition of power series at any x0 and x0 = 0
4.2 Convergence and divergence, radius and
interval of convergence
4.3 Algebraic operations on convergent power series 3,4 3 3 5 6 17
4.4 Differentiation and integration of power series
4.5 Taylor series; Taylor polynomial and application

Course content outline CLO Teaching and Learning Activities Total

(SLT)
Guided Guided Indepe
learning ndent
(F2F) Learnin Learnin
g g
(NF2F) (NF2F
L T P O

Chapter 5:Fourier series and Orthogonal Functions

5.1 Orthogonal functions
5.2 Fourier series
5.2.1 Fourier series of functions with period 3, 5
5.2.2 Fourier series of functions with arbitrary period 6 6 6 7 25
5.2.3 Fourier series of odd and even functions
5.3 Fourier integrals

Total 36 36 27 134
35

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50
1 Tests 25 2 4 6
2 Assignments 20 5 5 10

94
 3 Quiz 5 1 0 1
Total 17
Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 3 6 9
Grand Total SLT 160
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

12 Text book and 1 Textbooks:

reference: Robert Ellis and Denny Gulick, Calculus with analytic geometry, 6th
(note: ensure the ed, Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Publishers,recent edition.
latest edition 2 References:
/publication) 1.Leithold, The calculus with analytic geometry, 3rd Edition, Herper&
Row, publishers.
2.R. T. Smith and R. B. Minton, Calculus concepts and connections,
McGram-Hill book company, 2006
3. D. V. Widder, Advanced calculus, Prentice-Hall, recent edition
4. Ross L. Finney et al, Calculus, Addison Wesley, recent edition
5. E. J. Purcell and D. Varberg, Calculus with analytic geometry,
Prentice-Hall INC.,
6. R. Wrede and M. R. Spiegel, Theory of advanced calculus, 2nd ed.,
McGraw-Hill, 2002.
7.A. E. Taylor and W. R. Mann, Advanced calculus, 3rd ed,
John-Wiley and Son, INC,

95
 Engineering Drawing

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Department: Mechatronics Engineering
2 Course Name Engineering Drawing
Course Code: MENg2001
3 Synopsis: The course Engineering Drawing covers introduction and importance of engineering
drawing, drawing instruments, drawing standards and conventions; theories of projection:
types and systems of projections, projections of points and lines; multi-view drawings;
pictorial drawing; auxiliary views and sectional view.
4 Name(s) of Academic Tolina Tabo
Staff:
5 Semester and Year Semester: I Year: 2
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- None
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:
CLO1 Interpret and visualize engineering drawings, drawing conventions and standards
CLO2 Draw projection of point, line, plane and solid
CLO3 Construct multi-view drawings or supplement views from real objects or given pictorial drawings using
appropriate engineering drawing tool and techniques.
CLO4 Draw pictorial projections and drawing from real object or given multi-view drawings considering
standard features

CLO5 Function effectively as an individual and as group member in assignments and course activities.

9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
PO10

PO11

PO12

Assignment
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Methods
Lab-report
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 x x x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x x
CLO3 x x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x x
CLO5 x x
10
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “x”on the appropriate relevant box
Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)

96
 1

3…etc.

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning (F2F) Guided Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline Learning Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

1. Introduction to Engineering CLO1 2 2 8 - 12 2 14

Drawing
 History of Engineering Drawing
 Objective of Engineering Drawing
 Lettering
 Drawing Instrument
 Types of lines
2. Theory of Projection CLO2 2 2 10 - 14 6 20
 Classifications of Projections CLO5
 Projection of Point
 Projection of a line (Normal,
Inclined, Oblique)
3. Multi-View Drawings 4 2 8 - 14 10 24
 System of Projection CLO3
 Choice of Views CLO5
 One view, two view, and three
view Drawings
 Laying Out Drawings
 Width, Height, and Depth relation
ships
 Projection of Planar and Non-
Planar Surfaces
 Projection of Fillets, Rounds and
Run-outs
 Projection of Solids (3D object)
 Precedence of Lines

4. Pictorial Drawing CLO4 4 2 10 - 16 4 20

 Comparison between Multi view CLO5
and Pictorial drawing
 Types of Pictorial Projections

97
  Isometric Drawings
 Oblique Drawings
5. Auxiliary Views CLO3 2 5 2 - 9 5 14
 Primary Auxiliary Views CLO5
 Secondary Auxiliary Views
 Complete and partial Auxiliary
Views
6. Sectional View CLO3 2 5 2 - 9 5 14
 Types of Sections CLO5
 Making Sectional views
 Conventional Representations
 Sectional Auxiliary Views
 Sectional in Pictorial Drawing
(optional)
Total 74 32 106

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Quiz 10 1 - 1
2 Tests 15 2 - 3
3 Assignments 25 - - 10
4 Project - - - -
5 Lab Report - - - -
Total 14
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 1 -- 3
Grand Total SLT 123
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

12 Special requirements and 1 Drawing table

resources
13 Text book 1 Cecil Jensen and Jay D. Helsel, Engineering Drawing and Design, McGraw-Hill,
th
New York, 7 Ed, 2012

References 1 Thomas French, Charles Vierck, and Robert Foster, Engineering Drawing and
Graphics Technology, 1993
2 Warren J. Luzzader and Jon M. Duff, Fundamentals of engineering drawing,
th
Prentice Hall, New Jersy, 11 ed, 2013.
3 R.S.Vaishwanar, Engineering Drawing and Graphics, Kumar Offset Press, New
Delhi, 2012.
4 Voland, Gerard G.S., Modern Engineering Drawing and Graphics and Designs,
West Publishing Company,2014.

98
 Introduction to Computer Programming

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Department: Mechatronics Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
2 Name of Introduction to Computer Programming
Course:
Course Comp2003
Code:
3 Synopsis: A programming language is a formal language comprising a set of instructions that produce
various kinds of output. As programming involves activities such as analysis, developing
understanding, generating algorithms, verification of requirements of algorithms including
their correctness and resources consumption, and coding of algorithms, this course
teaches students to program using a target programming language.
As an introduction, this course gives students an overview of the different concepts of
programming and problem solving strategies such as Variables, Reserved words, Syntax
Diagram, Constant declarations, Data types, Conditional statements, Loops, Error handling
and functions. For each topic, some coding guidelines will be discussed.
4 Name(s) of Felex Edessa
Academic
Staff:
5 Semester Semester: I Year: 2
and Year
offered:
6 Credit 3
Hour:
7 Prerequisit None
e
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course, the students will be able to:

CLO1 Develop an algorithm to solve the problem using program development techniques (flow-chart
and pseudo-code) by analyzing a variety of real-world problems.
CLO2 Identify the basic concepts of programming languages.
CLO3 Apply the concept of various programming techniques such as control statements, loops, arrays
and functions in solving problems.
CLO4 Write a program in a specific language, test it, and debug it.
Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Assessment
Outcomes
Learning

PLO10
PLO11

PLO12
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3
PLO4

PLO5
PLO6

PLO7
PLO8

PLO9
Course

9 Teaching
Proje
Final
Quiz

Lab-
Test

Methods
ct

99
 L T P O

CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √ √
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PLO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills

1 Team work

2 Communication skills

3 Problem solving skills

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

CLO Teaching and Learning Activities Total
(SLT)
Guided learning Guided Independent
(F2F) Learnin Learning
Course Content Outline
g (NF2F)
(NF2F)

L T P O

Chapter 1: Introduction and Basic CLO1 6 6 2 4 18

Concepts CLO2
2.18. Basics of Program
Development
 What is computer
programming?
 Reasons to study
programming
2.19. Flow Chart, Pseudo
code, Algorithm
2.20. Program Development Life
Cycle
2.21. Overview Of Programming
paradigms and Programming
Languages
2.22. Compilation Process and
running programs: Compiling,
Debugging and Linking
2.23. Introduction to the
Preprocessor

100
2.24. Structure (Anatomy) of a
program
2.25. Basic Elements, Syntax and
Semantics of a high-level
programming
2.26. Debugging and
Programming Errors
2.27. Basic Input and Output;
Formatted Input-Output
Chapter 2: Flow of Control Part I – CLO3 4 6 4 4 18
Selection Statement CLO4
2.1. Introduction
2.2. Boolean Values
2.3. Conditional statements
basics
2.3.1. if, if...else, if…else
if…else statement
2.3.2. Switch statement
and break
Chapter 3: Flow of Control Part II – CLO3 6 9 6 6 27
Loop CLO4
3.1. Loop Basics
3.2. Loop Statements: for Loop,
While loop, do…while loop
3.3. Other flow controls: continue,
break, go to and jump
Chapter 4: Arrays and Strings CLO3 4 6 6 6 23
4.1. Definition of Arrays CLO4
4.2. Initializing Arrays
4.3. Declaring, Accessing and
processing Arrays
4.4. Types of Array: One
Dimensional Arrays and
Multi-dimensional Arrays
4.5. Basics of String
4.6. String manipulation and
operation
Chapter 5: Functions CLO3 6 9 6 6 27
5.1. Reasons to use Functions CLO4
5.2. Function Parameter
5.3. Calling a function
5.4. Return types

101
 5.5. Local Variables &array in
function
5.6. Parameter Passing (by value
and by reference)
5.7. Value and Reference
parameters
5.8. Recursive functions
Total 26 36 24 26 112
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 15% 1 - 1
2 Quize 5% ½ - ½
3 Lab-report 10% 1½ - 1½
4 Project 20% 5 - 5
Total 8
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 3 3 6
Grand Total SLT 126
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face

12 Special 1 Software
requiremen 2 Computer Lab
ts and
resources
13 Text book 1 Deitel, C++: How to Program – 10th edition, 2017

Reference: 1 Uckan, Yuksel, McGraw-Hill, Problem solving using C++:Structured programming

techniques, 2013

2 Adams, Leestma, and Nyhoff, C++: An Introduction to Computing, 3rd edition, 2012
th
3 Diane zak, An introduction to programming with C++ 7 edition, 2013

102
 Engineering Mechanics I -Statics

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Architecture and Civil Engineering Department: Civil Engineering
2 Course Name Engineering Mechanics I -Statics
Course Code: CEng2005
3 Synopsis: Engineering mechanics (Statics) is the application of mechanics (one of the three
branches of Physics) to solve problems involving common engineering elements
4 Name(s) of
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: I Year: 2
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- None
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

Apply the basic principles of Mechanics (Statics) and apply them to real-world life problems or to new
situations. Understand how physical bodies interact with their surroundings, distinguish concurrent,
CLO1
coplanar and space forces, Compute the resultant of coplanar and space force systems. And attain a
state of equilibrium.
Apply the principles of force systems and analyze the internal reactions and external forces induced
CLO2
in coplanar and space systems using equilibrium equations.
Determine an equivalent resultant force for a given different forces acting on one object. Determine
CLO3 centroids and center of mass of plane areas & volumes, and know section properties of members of
a structure which are measures of resistance to a given force.
CLO4 Draw shear force & bending moment diagrams of beam structures.
CLO5 Determine static friction forces and their influence up on equilibrium of systems.
Demonstrate familiarity with structural analysis of trusses, frames and beams and application of
CLO6
mechanics to Engineering problems.
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Course Learning
Outcomes (CLO)

Assessment
Teaching
Assignment

Lab-report
PO10

PO11

PO12
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Project

Methods
Quiz
Test

L T P O

CLO1     
CLO2     
CLO3     
CLO4      

103
 CLO5     
CLO6     
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “x”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Design of Structural components
2 Checking the stability of structures
3. Preparing Shear force and bending moment diagrams to provide compression and tension
reinforcements
11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Activities
CLO Guided learning (F2F) Guided Total
Independent
Course Content Outline Learni (SLT)
Learning
L T P O ng
(NF2F)
(NF2F)
Chapter 1: Scalars and Vectors
1 1 0 1
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Scalars and Vectors 1 1 1 0.5 2.5
1.3 Operation with Vectors 1 1 1 0.5 2.5
1.3.1 Vector Addition or
Composition
1 2 3 1 6
1.3.2 Vector Multiplication: Dot &
Cross
Chapter 2: Force Systems 1 0
1,2 1
2.1ntroduction
I. Two-Dimensional Force 1,2
1 2 0.5 0.5 4
Systems
2.2 Rectangular Resolution of 1,2
1 2 0.5 0.5 4
Forces
2.3 Moment and Couple 1,2 1 2 0.5 0.5 4
2.4 2.4 Resultants of general 1,2
1 2 0.5 0.5 4
coplanar force systems
II. Three-Dimensional Force 1,2
Systems
2.5 Rectangular Components 1,2 1 2 0.5 0.5 4

2.6 Moment and Couple 1,2 1 2 0.5 0.5 4

Chapter 3: Equilibrium
1,2,3 1 0 1
3.1 Introduction
I. Equilibrium in Two 1,2,3

104
Dimensions
3.2 System Isolation 1,2,3 1 1 0.5 1 3.5
3.3 Equilibrium Conditions 1,2,3 1 1 0.5 1 1.5
II. Equilibrium in Three
1,2,3
Dimensions
3.4 System Isolation 1,2,3 1 1 2
3.5 Equilibrium Conditions 1,2,3 1 1 2
Chapter 4: Analysis of simple
Structure 1,2,6 1 0 1
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Plane Trusses
4.2.1 Method of Joints 1,2,6 2 2 0 0 1.5 1.5 7
4.2.2 Method of Sections
4.3 Frames and Simple Machines 1,2,6 1 1 0.5 2.5
Chapter 5: Internal Actions in
beams 4 1 1 2
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Diagrammatic conventions and
4 1 0 0.5 5
classification of beams
5.3 Diagrammatic representations of
4 1 0 0.5 5
internal actions in beams
5.4 Types of loads and reactions 4 1 0 0.5 1.5
5.5 Shear force and bending
4 1 0 0.5 1.5
moment in beams
5.6 Relation between the static
functions and their applications
4 1 0 0.5 1.5
Relations among load, shear, and
bending moments
Chapter 6: Centroids
6.1 Introduction, 1,2,3 1 0 1
6.2 Center of gravity 1,2,3 1 2 3
6.3 Centroids of lines, Areas, and
1,2,3 1 2 0.5 0.5 4
Volumes
6.4 Centroids of composite bodies 1,2,3 1 2 0.5 0.5 4
6.5 Determination of centroid by
1,2,3 1 2 0.5 0.5 4
integrations
6.6 Distributed loads in beams 1,2,3 1 2 3
Chapter 7: Area Moments of
Inertia
7.1 Introduction to area moments of 1,2,3,
1 2 3
inertia 4,5,6

105
 7.2 Moment of inertia of plane areas 1,2,3,
1 2 0.5 0.5 4
and curves 4,5,6
7.3 Moments of inertia of Composite 1,2,3,
1 2 0.5 0.5 4
areas 4,5,6
7.4 Products of Inertia and Rotation 1,2,3,
1 2 3
of Axes 4,5,6
Chapter 8: Friction
8.1 Introduction 5 1 0 1
8.2 Types of Friction 5 1 0 1
8.3 Characteristics of dry friction 5 1 0 1
8.4 Application of Friction in
5 1 1 0.5 0.5 3
Machines
Total 110hour
s
Assessment
Percentage
Continuous Assessment F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 10%  1hour
2 Quiz 10%  1hour
3 Assignments 20%  3hours
4 Project 10%   2hours
5 Others
Total 7hours
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50%  3hrs
Grand Total SLT 120hours
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO’s numbering in item 9.

Text book 1 Meriam, J.L. and Kraige, L.G., Engineering mechanics (Statics), 7th ed.
Reference: 1 Meriam, J.L. and Kraige, L.G., Engineering mechanics, 6th ed.
2 Engineering Mechanics: Statics & Dynamics by Anthony M. Bedford, Wallace
Fowler, Prentice Hall; 5 edition (July 2007)
13
3 Engineering Mechanics: Statics by Russell C. Hibbeler, Prentice Hall; 12 edition
(January 7, 2009)
4 Schaum's Outline of Engineering Mechanics by E. W. Nelson, Charles L. Best,
William G. McLean, McGraw-Hill; (May 2014)

106
 Engineering Mechanics II -Dynamics

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Department: Mechanical Engineering
2 Course Name Engineering Mechanics II - Dynamics
Course Code: MEng2002
3 Synopsis: Basic equations of motion; Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies; Kinetics of particles
and rigid bodies

4 Name(s) of TBA
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Year Semester: II Year: 2
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- Engineering Mechanics I (Statics), Applied Mathematics I
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Understand and apply basic principles that govern the motion of objects.

CLO2 Develop appropriate mathematical models that represent physical systems.

CLO3 Select appropriate coordinate systems for physical systems and analyze motion variables such as
position, velocity, and acceleration.

CLO4 Derive equations of motion that relate forces acting on systems and the resulting motion.

9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
PO10

PO11

PO12

Assignment
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Methods
Lab-report
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 x x x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x
10
CLO3 x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x x x
Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1

107
 2
3

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning (F2F) Guided Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline Learning Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

1. Introduction CLO1
1.1. Basic concepts; CLO2
1.2. Equations of motion;
1.3. Gravitation 2 3 - - 2 3 10
1.4. Solving problems in
Dynamics

2. Kinematics of particles CLO1

2.1. Rectilinear motion
2.2. Plane curvilinear motion;
Coordinate systems
(rectangular, normal- 8 12 - - 3 8 31
tangential, polar)
2.3. Relative motion
2.4. Constrained motion

3. Kinetics of Particles CLO1

3.1 Newton‟s Second law of CLO3
motion CLO4
3.2 Work-Energy Equations 6 9 - - 2 6 23
3.3 Impulse and momentum
3.4 Impact

4. Kinematics of rigid bodies CLO1

CLO2
4.1 Types of Rigid body motion CLO3
6 8 - - 2 5 21
4.2 Fixed axis rotation CLO4
4.3 Absolute motion
4.4 Relative motion
5. Kinetics of rigid bodies CLO1
5.1 General equation of motion CLO2
4 6 - - 2 4 16
5.2 Work and energy method
5.3 Impulse and momentum

108
 Total 26 38 11 26 101
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Quiz 5 1 - 1
2 Tests 30 2 - 2
3 Assignments 15 - 7 7
4 Project - - - -
5 Seminar - - - -
Total 10
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 3 6 9
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

12 Special requirements 1
th
13 Text book 1 Meriam J.L., Engineering Mechanics - Dynamics, 9 ed., 2018.
th
Reference: 1 Hibbeler, Rusel M., Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics,10 ed., 2010
2 Beer, Johnston, Clausen, Eisenberg, Cornwell, Vector Mechanics for
th
Engineers: Dynamics, 9 ed., 2004.

109
 Fundamental of Electrical Circuits

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Fundamentals of Electrical Circuits
Course:
Course Code: EMEg3107
3 Synopsis: This course mainly provides students with the knowledge and skills required to identify
basic electromagnetic phenomenon, circuit variables and parameters. The students will
have the ability to apply the fundamental and derived circuit laws and theorems to the
analysis of dc and steady state poly-phase ac circuits.

4 Name(s) of Tekalign Tesfaye

Academic
Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: I Year: 3
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 4
7 Prerequisite Applied Mathematics III
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Identify basic electromagnetic phenomenon, circuit variables and parameters

CLO2 Analyze fundamental and derived circuit laws and theorems using Work bench
CLO3 Design mechanisms for specific application
CLO4 Work collaboratively on a team to successfully complete a design project.
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods
and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
Assignment
PLO10

PLO11
PLO1
PLO2

PLO3
PLO4
PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

Lab-report

Methods
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 x x x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x x
CLO3 x x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x
10 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Total
CLO Teaching and Learning SLT
Activities [hrs]

110
Course Content Outline Guided GL IL
learning (F2F) NF2 NF2
F F

L T P O
UNIT 1: Review of Electromagnetic CLO1 6 4 3 5 18
Phenomenon and Variables
Charge, Coulomb's Law, electric field
voltage, current, energy and power -
Faraday's Law-self and mutual inductances
UNIT 2: Electric Circuit parameters CLO1 6 4 3 5 18
Circuit, energy and, geometrical viewpoints
of circuits - Parameters - R,C,L, Electric
sources – ideal, real – independent,
dependent
UNIT 3: DC Circuit Analysis with 8 1 4 5 31
fundamental and derived circuit laws 4
Kirchhoff's Laws –KVL, KCL- Circuits
Simplifications - Series And Parallel
Connections Of R,L,C and sources - Star -
Delta Transformation, Mesh Analysis,
Nodal Analysis, Linearity And The
Superposition Theorem, Thevenin's And
Norton's Theorems; Maximum Power
Transfer
UNIT 4: Steady State Single Phase AC 8 8 4 5 25
Circuit Analysis
Sinusoidal Terminologies - Instantaneous,
Average and Effective - Rms Values,
Phase Representation of Sinusoids And
Arithmetic - Series and Parallel RLC
Circuits Immittance – Impedance,
Admittance, Frequency Response And
Resonance – Active, Average, Reactive
and Apparent Powers -Power Factor;
Power Factor Correction - Maximum Power
Transference Circuits - Load/Power Flow
Method Of Ac Circuit Analysis
UNIT 5: Transient Circuit Analysis 6 4 4 5 19
First Order Transient Circuits - RL and RC
Transient Characteristics and Solutions,
Second Order Transient Circuits - RLC

111
 Transient Circuits, Higher Order Circuits
and Approximations
UNIT 6: Introduction to poly phase 6 6 3 5 20
systems
Generation of three phase voltages - Star,
Delta Connections
Total 4 4 21 30 131
0 0
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 20% 3 2 5
2 Assignments 20% 4 4 8
3 Project 20% 2 6 8

Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F SLT

(%)
Final Exam 50% 3 5 8
Grand Total SLT 160hrs
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face, GL=
Guided Learning, IL= Independent Learning Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in
item 9.
12 Resources 1 Workshop
13 Text book [1] Engineering Circuit Analysis, by William H. Hayt & Jack E. Kemmerly,
th
9 Edition,2016
Reference: [2] Basic Electrical Engineering, by A.E. Fitzgerald & D.E. Higginbotham,
th
8 Edition,2014
th
[3] Electrical Circuits, by Charles S. Siskind, 8 Edition,2010
th
[4] Elements of Electrical Engineering, byLeroy Cook& Clifford Chuthorn Carr, 5
Edition, 2000
nd
[5] Electric Circuits, by Theodore F. Bogart, 2 Edition,2012

112
 Engineering Thermodynamics

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Department: Electro-Mechanical Engineering
2 Course Category Common Course Course Code:EMEg3101
Course Name Engineering Thermodynamics
3 Synopsis: Fundamental concepts; Pure substances; Vapor pressure curves; Steam tables; Phase
diagrams of steam; First law of Thermodynamics: closed and open systems, enthalpy;
Second law of Thermodynamics: Reversible and irreversible processes; Carnot cycle;
Entropy; Ideal gases and their mixtures; gas-steam mixtures; wet air; psychometric
charts and air conditioning process; Vapor power and refrigeration cycles; Air standard
cycles;
4 Name(s) of TBA
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Year Semester: I Year: 3
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- Applied Mathematics I
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Apply Zeroth law of thermodynamics to formulate temperature scales and relationship between
internal energy, heat and work.
CLO2 Apply the first law of thermodynamics to calculate the property changes in a systems
CLO3 Explain the basics of pure substances and state the second law of thermodynamics and its
application
CLO4 Explain the basic concept of entropy
CLO5 Explain the basics of gas power cycle, vapor power cycle and Refrigeration cycles
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Teaching
Methods
L T P O

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box

113
10 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning Guided Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline (F2F) Learning Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

Chapter 1: CLO 4 3 1 5 13
Basic Concept and Definition 1
Thermodynamics and Energy, Note
on dimensions and units, Closed
and open systems, Forms of
energy, Properties of system, State
and equilibrium, Process and
cycles, Pressure, Temperature and
the zeroth law of thermodynamics
Chapter 2: CLO 4 6 1 7 18
First Law of Thermodynamics 2
and Energy
Introduction to the first law,
Definition of heat, Heat transfer
modes, Work, Mechanical forms of
work, The first law of
thermodynamics, Specific heats,
Internal energy, enthalpy, and
specific heats of ideal gases,
solids, and liquids, The first law of
thermodynamics for control volume
Chapter 3: CLO 4 3 1 7 15
Properties of pure substance 3
Pure substance, Phases of a pure
substance, Phase-change
processes of pure substance,
Property diagrams for phase-
change processes, Vapor pressure
and phase equilibrium, Property
tables, The ideal gas equation of
state, Compressibility factor- a
measure of deviation from ideal gas
behavior
Chapter 4: CLO 4 3 1 6 14
Second Law of Thermodynamics 3

114
Introduction to the second law of
thermodynamics, Thermal energy
reservoirs, Heat engines,
Refrigerators and heat pumps, The
Carnot cycle, The Carnot
principles, The Carnot heat engine,
The Carnot refrigerator and heat
pump,
Chapter 5: Entropy CLO 4 3 1 6 14
Entropy and the clausius inequality; 4
Definition of entropy; The increase
of entropy principle, Entropy
change of pure substance, Entropy
change of liquids, solids, and ideal
gases,
Chapter 6: Gas Power Cycles CLO 2 3 1 5 11
Carnot cycle; Otto cycle: the ideal 5
cycle for spark ignition engines; Air
standard diesel cycle; Brayton
cycle; Regenerative brayton cycle
Chapter 7: Vapor Power Cycle CLO 2 3 1 5 11
Carnot cycle; Rankine cycle; The 5
ideal reheat cycle; Regenerative
cycle; Deviation from real cycles
Chapter 8: Refrigeration Cycles CLO 2 3 1 5 11
Refrigeration and heat pump; 5
Refrigerant; Reversed Carnot
refrigerator and heat pump; The
vapor- compression refrigeration
cycle; Real vapor- compression
refrigeration cycle
Total 107
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Quiz 5% 1 - 1
2 Tests 20% 2 1 3
3 Assignments 25% -
Total 4
Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F SLT
(%)

115
 Final Exam 3 6 9
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

th
13 Text book 1 Cengel Y A.,Bole M A., Thermodynamics – An Engineering Approach, 8 edition
2015.
Reference: 1 Sonntag R.E.,” Fundamentals of Thermodynamics”, Sept 13, 2013
2 Moran, Michael J. “Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics”, 5th ed.,
2012.
3 P.k.Nag. “Engineering Thermodynamics”, - Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2011

116
 Mechanical Workshop Practice

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

College: College of Electrical and

1 Department: Mechanical Engineering
Mechanical Engineering

Course Name Mechanical Workshop Practice

Course Code EMEg2106

Measuring and layout tools; Bench work; Wood work, Metal work, cutting with the aid

3 Synopsis of conventional machine tools; Operation and maintenance of appliances and

machines; Welding, brazing and soldering; Manufacture of parts.

Name(s) of
4 Tolina Tabo
Academic Staff

Semester and
5 Semester II Year: 2
Year offered

6 Credit Hour 2 (1 Lecture and 3 Practical)

Prerequisite/

7 Co-requisite: (if None

any)

Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Apply and exercise general workshop safety instructions.

CLO2 Identify various measuring and laying out (marking) tools and equipment.

Perform bench work practices like filing, cutting chipping, drilling, grinding assembling and
8 CLO3
finishing using different hand tools.

Produce parts using wood work tools and equipments and conventional machining
CLO4
operations.

CLO5 Perform metal joining using welding, brazing and soldering processes.

Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:

Program Learning Outcomes (PO)

Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

9
Assessment
PO10

PO11
PO12
PO1

PO3

PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8

PO9

Teaching
Assign

report
ment
Quiz
Test

Methods
t

117
 L T P O

CLO1 √ √ √ √

CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √

CLO3 √ √ √ √ √ √

CLO4 √ √ √ √ √ √ √

CLO5 √ √ √ √ √ √

Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box

Transferable Skills (if applicable)

10
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)

Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities

CLO Independent Total (SLT)

Guided
Guided Learning
Learning
learning (F2F)
(NF2F) (NF2F)
Course Content Outline

L T P O

Chapter 1:Introduction
Workshop Safety Rules
1.1 Introduction to workshop CLO 1 1 - - - 1 2
safety
1.2 General safety rule for
11 engineering students
Chapter 2. Measuring and
Layout Tools

2.1 Rules
2.2 Vernier calipers and
reading
2.3 Micrometers and
CLO 2 2 6 2 8
reading
2.4 Laying out( marking)
 Scriber and Divider
 Trammel point
 Hammers and
Punches
 Calipers( inside and

118
 outside)
 Vernier height
gauge
 Surface plate and
angle plate
 Bevel protractor
Chapter 3. Bench Work
Practice
3.1 Hand tools
3.2 Cutting, filling, chipping, 1
CLO3 2 1 2 14
drilling, grinding 2

3.3 Hand threading cutting

3.4 Assembly of units
3.5 Finishing operations
Chapter 4. Wood Work
4.1 Introduction of Timber
4.2 Holding tools, Planning
tools, Cutting tools, CLO4 3 6 1 2 9
Drilling and boring tools
4.3 Miscellaneous tools
4.4 Wood joints

Chapter-4 Machining

5.1 Lathe machine operation

 Turning
 Facing CLO4 3 9 1 2 12

 Tapering
5.2 Drilling Operation

5.3 Milling Operation

Chapter 5. Welding
5.1 Introduction to welding
technology
5.2 Arc welding and CLO5 3 9 1 2 12
Oxyacetylene welding
5.3 Welding operation
5.4 Welding technique
5.5 Brazing and soldering
1 4 4 11
Total 71
4 2

119
 Assessment

Percentage
Continuous Assessment F2F NF2F SLT
Total-100%

12 Quiz 5 1 -- 1

Practical Test 15 -- -- --

Project 1 (
1 15 -- --
Individual)

2 Lab report 1 10 -- -- --

3 Project 2 ( Group) 20 -- --

4 Lab report 2 10 -- -- --

Total 1

Final Exam Percentage 30 % F2F NF2F STL

Final Exam 30 2 6 8

Grand Total SLT 80

L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face

Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

13 Workshop facilities Bench work, Welding and wood work facilities

required

14 Text book 1 P.K. Sapra, Workshop Technology I, 5th Edition 2014

1 John R. Walker, Modern metal working, Good heart will Cox,2012

Reference
2 Technology of metal Trend Applod -Feiler-Reinhard Schmidt
GTZ,2011

120
 Object Oriented Programming in Python

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Department: Electromechanical Engineering
2 Name of Course: Object Oriented Programming in Python
Course Code: EMEg2104
3 Synopsis: This course will provide a pragmatic and hands-on introduction to the Python
programming language, with a focus on practical applications and projects, rather than
theoretical topics. Students will design and build software to solve problems from
various disciplines. As the course progresses, students will learn to work with
packages, data structures, & object-oriented programming.
4 Name(s) of Tayachew Fikire
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Year Semester: II Year: 2
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite Introduction to Computer Programming
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Synthesize the knowledge and skills gained from Python programming in order to design and
develop several python applications.
CLO2 Implement object oriented concepts using Python programming software.
CLO3 Design and implement various Python programs in a range of real-world applications.
CLO4 Work collaboratively on a team to successfully complete a course project and develop
presentation, report writing and problem solving skills.
CLO5 Investigate real world problems & develop Python scripts /codes that possibly can solve.
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
Assignment
PLO10

PLO11
PLO12
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3

PLO4
PLO5

PLO6

PLO7
PLO8

PLO9

Lab-report
Methods
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 x x x x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x x x
CLO3 x x x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x x x x x
CLO5 x x x x x x
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings))
1 Programming skills in Python

121
 2 Programming skills for projects

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO SLT-
[hrs]
Guided learning GL IL
Course Content Outline (F2F) NF2F NF2
F
L T P O
1. Introduction CLO1 2 2 2 6

2. Python Object and Data Structure CLO 6 6 4 5 21

Basics 1,2,3
2.1. Introduction to Python Data Types
2.2. Numbers , Variable assignments
2.3. Introduction to strings, Sting
indexing & slicing
2.4. String properties & methods
2.5. Lists ,tuples ,sets & dictionaries in
python
2.6. Booleans in Python
2.7. I/O with Basic Files in Python

3. Python comparison operators CLO 4 4 3 4 15

3.1. Comparison Operators in Python 1,2,3
3.2. Chaining Comparison Operators in
Python with Logical Operators

4. Python Statements CLO 4 6 5 5 20

4.1. If, Elif , and Else Statements in 1,3,5
Python
4.2. For Loops in Python
4.3. While Loops in Python
4.4. Useful Operators in Python

5. Methods & Functions in Python CLO 4 4 4 4 16

1,2,3

6. Object Oriented Programming CLO 5 6 4 6 21

6.1. Introduction 1,3,5
6.2. Attributes & class key word &6
6.3. Classes in python

122
 6.4. Python objects(instances)
6.5. Define a Class in Python
6.5.1.Instance attributes
6.5.2.Class attributes
6.6. Instantiating Objects
6.7. Instance objects
6.8. Inheritance and Polymorphism

7. Case study & project CLO 2 2

1-5

Total 27 26 22 26 101

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage Total- F2F NF2F SLT
50(%)
1 Lab-report 20% 2 2 4
2 Project 30% 2 6 8
Total
Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F SLT
(%)
Final Exam 50% 2.5 4.5 7
Grand Total SLT 120
12 Resources 1 Software
required to 2 Computer Lab
deliver the
course
13 Text book 1. Downey, Allen B., Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist. O‟Reilly,
2012
References 1. Downey, Allen. Think Python. " O'Reilly Media, Inc.", 2012.
2. Stephenson, Ben. The Python Workbook. SPRINGER INTERNATIONAL PU, 2016.
3. Lutz, Mark. Python Pocket Reference: Python In Your Pocket. " O'Reilly Media, Inc.",
2014.
4. Chaco PO, Canyon A. Introduction To Python Programming And Developing Gui
Applications With Pyqt.
[5] Michael Urban and Joel Murach, Python Programming, Shroff/Murach, 2016

123
 Strength of Materials

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Strength of Materials
Course:
Course Code: EMEg2102
3 Synopsis: Concept of stress and strain – stress and strain under axial loading – torsion of circular
shafts-shear force and bending moment diagrams – bending stresses in beams –
transformation of stress and strain.

1. To know about how a solid (materials, structures) behaves when it is exposed to

forces and deformations.
2. To apply the fundamental concepts of principle of superposition, equilibrium,
compatibility, force deformation, and stress-strain relationships to the solid and
structural mechanics problems.
3. To analyze determinate and indeterminate bars, beams, to determine axial
forces, torques, shear forces, and bending moments.
4. To identify the biaxial stresses in acting in a body or an element. The course also
aims to provide practical assignments and projects so as to prepare students for
final year graduation project, by enhancing planning and team work skills as well
as practical project work and building of prototypes.
4 Name(s) of TBA
Academic
Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: II Year: 2
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite Basics of Engineering Mathematics, Engineering mechanics
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Apply the principle concepts behind stress, strain and deformation of solids for various
engineering applications.
CLO2 Analyze the torsion principles on shafts for various engineering applications.
CLO3 Analyze the transverse loading on beams and stresses in beam for various engineering
applications.
CLO4 Analyze the deflection of beams for various engineering applications.
CLO5 Sketch the transformation of stress and strain of two dimensional plane sections.
9

124
 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods
and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching

Assignment
PLO10

PLO11
PLO12
PLO1

PLO2
PLO3
PLO4
PLO5
PLO6

PLO7
PLO8

PLO9

Lab-report
Methods

Project
L T P O

Quiz
Test
CLO1 x x x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x x x x
CLO3 x x x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x x x x x
CLO5 x x x x x x x x
10 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Total
Teaching and Learning Activities SLT-[hrs]
CLO Guided learning GL IL
(F2F) NF2F NF2F
Course Content Outline
L T P O
1. Stress - Strain, Axial loading: CLO 9 9 6 6 30
1.1. Stress and strain, elastic 1,2,3
limit, Hooke's law, factor of
safety, shear stress, shear
strain, relationship between
elastic constants.
1.2. Stresses in stepped bars,
uniformly varying sections,
composite bars due to axial
force.
1.3. Lateral strain, Poisson's
ratio, volumetric strain,
changes in dimensions and
volume. Thermal stresses
and impact loading.

2. Torsion : CLO1,2 9 9 6 6hrs 30

2.1 Theory of torsion and ,3
assumptions - torsion equation,
polar modulus, stresses in solid
and hollow circular shafts.
2.2 power transmitted by a shaft,

125
 shafts in series and parallel.
2.3 Deflection in shafts fixed at the
both ends.

3. Transverse loading on beams CLO 9 9 6 6 30

and stresses in beam: 1,5
3.1. beams and over – hanging
beams
3.2. types transverse loading on
beams
3.3. Shear force and bending
moment in beams
3.4. Cantilevers – Simply
supported. Theory of simple
bending
3.5. Bending stress distribution –
Fletched beams – Shear
stress distribution.

4. Deflection of beams: CLO 9 9 6 6 30

4.1. Double Integration method 1,3,11
4.2. Macaulay‟s method – Area
moment Theorems for
computation of slopes and
deflections in beams -
Conjugate beam and strain
energy
4.3. Maxwell‟s reciprocal
theorems.

5. Principal Stresses (Bi-axial CLO1,2 6 6 4 4 20

stress) ,3,9
5.1. Stresses on inclined planes &10
5.2. Principal stresses and
principal planes
5.3. Mohr‟s circle of stress.

Total 92

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Quiz 5% 1 2 3
2 Tests 25% 2 4 5

126
 3 Assignments 20% 2 8 10
Total
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F
3 7 10
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face, GL=
Guided Learning, IL= Independent Learning
12 Resources 1 Workshop
13 Text book 1. Bansal, R.K., Strength of Materials, Laxmi , 2016
Reference: 1. Strength of Materials by R.K.Rajput,2012
2. Jindal U.C., Strength of Materials, Asian Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
3. Egor. P.Popov “ Engineering Mechanics of Solids” Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 20013
4. Ferdinand P. Beer, Russell Johnson, J.r. and John J. Dewole Mechanics of
Materials, Tata McGraw Hill publishing „co. Ltd., New Delhi.,2011

127
 Computational Methods

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Engineering
2 Course Name Computational Methods
Course Code: EMEg3103
3 Synopsis: The course aims at introducing students in finding numerical solutions to problems for
which analytical solutions either do not exist or are not readily or cheaply obtainable. It
enables students to apply linear algebra and calculus. It also aims to helps student
develop programming skills.
4 Name(s) of Tayachew Fikire
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: I Year: 3
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- Applied Mathematics III, Introduction to Computer programming
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Describe basic concepts in error estimation

CLO2 Analyze Nonlinear equations
CLO3 Analyze the concepts of solving System of linear equations & Eigen vectors
CLO4 Evaluate and interpret Curve fitting, Finite differences & Interpolations
CLO5 Analyze Numerical Differentiation & Integration
6 CLO6 Develop Understanding of how to find Numerical Solutions of ODEs
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
PO10

PO11

PO12

Assignment
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Methods
Lab-report
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x x x
CLO3 x x x x x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x x x x
CLO5 x x x x x x
CLO6 x x x x x x
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “x” on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)

128
11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning Guided Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline (F2F) Learning Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

Chapter One: Basic concepts 1 4 5 1 8 18

in error estimation
1.1 Sources of errors
1.2 Absolute and relative errors
1.3 Approximations of errors
1.4 Truncation errors and the
Taylor series
1.5 Propagation of errors

Chapter Two: Nonlinear 2 4 5 4 13

equations
2.1 Bisection method
2.2 Secant method
2.3 Newton-Raphson method
2.4 Fixed point iteration

Chapter Three: System of 3 4 6 4 6 20

linear equations, Eigen values
& Eigen vectors
3.1 Direct methods for system of
linear equations
3.1.1 Gaussian method*
3.1.2 Gaussian method with
partial pivoting
3.1.3 Jordan's method*
3.1.5 Matrix decomposition
3.1.4 Jordan‟s method for
matrix inversion*

3.2 Indirect methods for SLE

3.3 Eigen values and Eigen
vectors
Chapter Four: Curve fitting, 4 6 4 5 5 20
Finite differences&
Interpolations
4.1 Shift, Forward difference,

129
 backward difference and Central
difference operators
4.2 Lagrange's interpolation
formula
4.3 Newton‟s divided difference
interpolation formula
4.5 Least square approximation

Chapter Five: Numerical 5 3 3 1 5 12

Differentiation & Integration
5.1 1 Numerical Differentiation
5.2 Numerical Integration
(Trapezoidal and Simpson's rule)
Chapter Six: Introduction to 6 2 2 1 2 7
Numerical Solutions of ODEs
6.1 Euler‟s method
6.2 Runge-Kutta methods
Total 6 23 25 12 30 90
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 20 2 3 5
2 Assignments 10 1 6 7
3 Lab-report 15 1 2 3
4 Quiz 5 1 0 1
Total 16
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 3 11 14
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

th
12 Text book 1 Richard L. Burden, Numerical Analysis, 2017, 5 Ed.
th
Reference: 1 Steven C. Chapra & Raymond P. Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers, 5
2 Robert Ellis and Denny Glick, Calculus with Analytical Geometry 3rd Ed.

130
 Design of Machine Elements -I

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Department: Mechanical Engineering
Module Name Design of Machine Elements - I
Course Code: MEng3151
3 Synopsis: Introduction to Machine Design, Material properties, Tolerances, Factor of Safety, Design for
Static load and Design for Fatigue load, Static Theories of Failure, Fatigue Theories of
Failure, Design of Welded, Bolted, Riveted Joints, Design of keys and keyways, Pin Joints,
Joints, Design of Springs.
4 Name(s) of TBA
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Year Semester: I Year: 3
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- Strength of Materials
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Understand and identify the different procedures to be followed during different phases of design process
and understand the basic material properties
CLO2 Understand different failure theories and basic concepts of deign factors like stress, factor of safety, etc.
CLO3 Know the basics of threaded and bolted joints. They will identify the forces acting on the joint and
calculate the maximum stress in the system. They will be able to compare and evaluate the permissible
CLO4 Know the basics and applications of riveted and welded joints. They will be able to calculate and analyze
the load on the system. According to the application, student will be able to choose the type of joint and
CLO5 Classify different type of springs. They will be able to predict different effects on the spring under different
loading conditions. According to application they will be able to calculate the load and analyze the
CLO6 Students will be able to analyze and choose suitable design parameters for the design of keys, pins and
splines for the specified requirement.
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and Assessment:

Program Learning Outcomes (PO)

Assessment
Teaching
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Methods
PO10

PO11

PO12
PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Assignment

Lab-report
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

CLO2 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
CLO3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

CLO4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

131
 CLO5 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
CLO6 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “x” on the appropriate relevant box
10 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning (F2F) Guided Independent SLT-
Course Content Outline Learning (F2F) Learning [hrs]
(NF2F)
L T P O

Chapter 1:Introduction to Machine 2 3 5 2 7

Design

1.1 Introduction to Machine Design CLO1

1.2 Basic procedure of Machine
Design
1.3 Preferred Sizes and their
selection
1.4 The design engineer‟s,
professional responsibilities
1.5 Mechanical Properties of
Engineering Materials
1.6 Tolerances and Fits
1.7 Factor of safety

Chapter 2: Design For Static 4 6 10 8 18

Loads

2.1 Modes of Failure

2.2 Stresses due to Bending CLO2
Moment
2.3 Stresses due to Torsional
Moment
2.4 Eccentric Axial Loading
2.5 Principal Stresses
2.6 Static Theories of Elastic Failure

Chapter 3: Design for Fatigue 6 9 15 10 25

Loads
3.1 Stress Concentration Factors,
Reduction

132
3.2 Fluctuating Stresses
3.3 Fatigue Failure CLO2
3.4 Endurance Strength and Notch
Sensitivity
3.5 Design for Finite and Infinite Life
3.6 Soderberg, Goodman and
Gerber Theories
3.7 Modified Goodman Diagram
3.8 Fatigue design under Combined
Stresses

Chapter 4: Design of Permanent 8 12 20 15 35

and Non-Permanent Joints
4.1 Design of Welded Joints CLO3
CLO4
4.1.1 Introduction CLO6
4.1.2 Types of Welded Joints
4.1.3 Strength of Butt, Parallel
Fillet, Transverse Fillet
Welds
4.1.4 Unsymmetrical Welded
Joints
4.1.5 Eccentric load in the plane
of Welds
4.1.6 Welded joints subjected to
Bending and Torsional
Moments

4.2 Design of Riveted Joints

4.2.1 Introduction
4.2.2 Types of Riveted Joints
4.2.3 Types of Failure, Strength
equations and Efficiency
4.2.4 Caulking and Fullering
4.2.5 Longitudinal Butt joint and
Circumferential Lap joint for
Boiler Shell
4.2.6 Eccentrically Loaded Riveted
Joint

133
4.3 Design of Bolted Joints

4.3.1 Bolts of Uniform Strength

4.3.2 Eccentrically loaded Bolted
Joints
4.3.3 Eccentric load perpendicular
to axis of Bolt

4.4 Design of Keys

4.4.1 Saddle, Sunk, Feather and

Woodruff Keys
4.4.2 Design of Square and Flat
keys
Chapter 5: Design of Springs 4 6 10 6 16

5.1 Stresses in Helical Springs CLO5

5.2 The Curvature Effect
5.3 Deflection of Helical Springs
5.4 Compression Springs,
Stability
5.5 Helical Spring design for
Static service
5.6 Critical Frequency of Helical
Springs
5.7 Fatigue Loading Design of
Helical Compression Springs
5.8 Extension Springs

Total 24 36 60 41 101
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Quiz 5 1 1
2 Tests 20 2 3
3 Assignments 25 3 12
Total 16
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 1 3
Grand Total SLT 120

134
 L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face

12 Special
requirements and
resources to deliver
13 Text book 1 J. E. Shigley and C. Mischke, “Mechanical Engineering Design” McGraw-Hill
International Editions, 7th Ed., 2003.
Reference: 1 Robert C.Juvinall and Kurt M.Marshek, “Fundamentals of Machine Component
Design” Aug 2, 2013
2 V.B.Bhandari, “Design of Machine Elements” TMH, 2010

135
 Design of Machine Elements -II

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Department: Mechanical Engineering
2 Module Name Design of Machine Elements - II
Course Code: MEng3112
3 Synopsis: Design of Shafts on the basis of strength and rigidity, Design procedures of couplings, Design of
clutches using uniform pressure theory and uniform wear theory, Design of Rolling and sliding
contact bearings, Design of Gears drives – Spur, Helical, Bevel and worm, Design of Flat and V
belt drives, rope drives and chain drives.
4 Name(s) of TBA
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Year Semester: II Year: 3
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- Design of Machine Elements – I, Strength of Materials
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Design Transmission shafts subjected to various types of loads – static and fluctuating

CLO2 Analyze design considerations for different types of clutches and couplings
CLO3 Understand design different types of Brakes

CLO4 Understand Design of Rolling and Sliding contact bearings for static and dynamic loads

CLO5 Design different types of gears and find their beam and wear strengths

CLO6 Design Belt drives, Rope drives and Chain drives

9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and Assessment:

Program Learning Outcomes (PO)

Assessment
Teaching
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Methods
PO10

PO11

PO12
PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Assignment

Lab-report
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

CLO2 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
CLO3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
CLO4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

136
 CLO5 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
CLO6 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “x”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1

3…etc.

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning (F2F) Guided Independent SLT-[hrs]
Course Content Outline Learning Learning
(F2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

Chapter 1: Design of Shafts 4 6 10 5 15

1.1 Types of Shafts

1.2 Shaft Design based on CLO1
strength
1.3 Shafts subjected to
fluctuating loads
1.4 Shaft Design based on rigidity

Chapter 2: Design of Couplings, 6 9 15 5 20

Clutches and brakes
2.1 Design of Couplings

2.1.1 Rigid Couplings CLO2

2.1.2 Flexible Couplings CLO3

2.2 Design of Clutches

2.2.1 Positive Clutches

2.2.2 Friction Clutches

2.3 Design of Brakes

2.3.1 Block Brakes

2.3.2 Band Brakes

137
2.3.3 Internal Expanding Brake
2.3.4 Disc Brake

Chapter 3: Design of Bearings 6 9 15 10 25

3.1 Introduction
3.2 Types of Journal bearings
3.3 Basic Models of Lubrication
3.4 Bearing construction and
Design CLO4
3.5 Types of Rolling Contact
Bearings
3.6 Selection of bearing type
3.7 Bearing life
3.8 Design for cyclic loads and
speeds
3.9 Static and Dynamic loading
of ball and roller bearing

Chapter 4: Design of Gears 6 9 15 10 H 25

4.1 Introduction and CLO5

Classification
4.2 Design consideration
for a Spur Gear
4.3 Design of a Spur Gear based
on bending strength and
wear strength
4.4 Design consideration for a
Helical Gear and Bevel Gear
4.5 Design of a Helical Gear and
Bevel Gear based on
bending and wear Strengths
4.6 Properties of Worm Gears
4.7 Strength and wear rating of
worm gears
4.8 Force analysis

138
 Chapter 5: Design of Belt, Rope 4 6 10 6 16
and Chain Drives
CLO6
5.1 Transmission of power by Belt
and Rope drives
5.2 Transmission Efficiencies
5.3 Belts – Flat and V types
5.4 Ropes – Pulleys for belt and
rope drives
5.5 Materials
5.6 Chain Drives

Total 26 39 65 36 101
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Quiz 5 1 1
2 Tests 20 2 3
3 Assignments 25 3 12
Total 16
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 1 3
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

12 Special requirements 1 Workshop facilities

and resources to 2 3D modeling software
deliver the course (e.g.
software, computer lab,
simulation room …etc.)
13 Text book 1 J. E. Shigley and C. Mischke, “Mechanical Engineering Design” McGraw-Hill
International Editions, 11th Ed., 2017.

Reference: 1 Robert C.Juvinall and Kurt M.Marshek, “Fundamentals of Machine Component

Design” Aug 2, 2012

2 V.B.Bhandari, “Design of Machine Elements” TMH, 2012

139
 Probability & Statistics

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Natural and Social Science Department: Physics
2 Course Name Probability and Statistics
Course Code: Stat2091
3 Synopsis: This course covers basic elements of statistics, probability, central tendencies, variation,
and types of sampling, concepts and applications of estimation and hypothesis testing,
regression analysis.
4 Name(s) of TBA
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Year Semester: Choose an item. Year: Choose an item.
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- None
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Understand the basic concept of statistics and applications of different types of data collection
and presentation

CLO2 Application of measures of central tendencies and measures of variation

CLO3 Application of probability and probability distribution for understanding and analysis of different
engineering problems

CLO4 Application what is sampling and sampling distribution of a sample mean

CLO5 Analyze of simple linear regression model for relating different variables

CLO6 Conducting estimation for unknown population parameters and applying hypothesis testing

9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Teaching
Methods
L T P O

CLO1     
CLO2      
CLO3      
CLO4      
CLO5      

140
 CLO6      
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “x”on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Conducting problem Solving research by collecting accurate information and analyzing by using
Statistical software
2 Communication via scientifically supported information by using valid evidence as a bridge
between information users and data analyzer
3 Data analysis/Reasoning Skills

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total
Guided learning Guided Independen (SLT)
Course Content Outline CL (F2F) Learning t Learning
O (NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

1. Introduction 1 2 1 1 4
1.1 Definition and Classification of
Statistics
1.2 Stages of statistical investigation
1.3 Definitions of some basic
terms
1.4 Applications, uses and limitations
of Statistics
1.5 Types of variables and
measurement scales
2. Methods of Data Collection and 1 6 4 7 17
presentation
2.1 Method of data collection
2.1.1 Sources of data
2.1.2 Methods of data
collection
2.2 Methods of data presentation
2.2.1 Frequency
distribution/Tabular
presentation
2.2.2 Diagrammatic display of
data: Bar chart, Pie chart,
Pictograms
2.2.3 Graphical presentation of
data: Histogram,
Frequency Polygon, Ogive

141
3. Measures of Central Tendency 2 3 2 3 8
3.1 Objectives of measures of central
tendency
3.2 Important characteristics of good
average
3.3 Mean(Arithmetic mean, Combined
mean, Weighted mean and
Harmonic mean)
3.4 Median
3.5 Mode
4. Measures of Variation (Dispersion) 2 4 2 5 11
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Range
4.3 Variance
4.4 Standard deviation
4.5 Coefficient of Variation
4.6 Standard scores
5. Elementary Probability 3 4 2 5 11
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Definition and some
concepts(Random experiment,
sample space, event, equally likely
outcomes and mutually exclusive
event)
5.3 Counting rules: Addition,
Multiplication, Permutation and
Combination rule
5.4 Approaches in probability defn(
Subjective, Classical, Frequentist
and Axiomatic)
5.5 Conditional Probability and
independence
6. Probability Distributions 3 6 2 5 13
6.1 Definition of random Variables and
Probability Distribution
6.2 Introduction to expectation:
Mean and variance of random
variables
6.3 Common Discrete Probability
Distribution: Binomial & Poisson

142
 6.4 Common Continuous Probability
Distribution
7. Sampling and Sampling distribution 4 3 1 1 5
of sample mean
7.1 Basic concepts
7.2 Reason for sampling
7.3 Types of sampling techniques
7.3.1 Non probability sampling
7.3.2 Probability sampling
7.4 Sampling Distribution
8. Simple linear regression 5 4 2 2 8
8.1 Simple linear regression analysis
8.2 The covariance and the correlation
coefficient
9. Estimation and Hypothesis testing 6 4 3 1 8
9.1 introduction
9.2 point and interval Estimation
9.3 Hypothesis testing
9.4 Important concepts in Hypothesis
testing
9.5 Hypothesis testing on population
mean
Total 36 19 30 85

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 25% 3 5 8
2 Quiz 5% 1 2 3
3 Assignments 20% 2 4 6
Total 17
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50% 2 16 18
Grand Total SLT 120
13 Text book 1 Bluman, A.G. (2016). Elementary Statistics: A Step by Step Approach (5th
edition). Wm. C. Brown Communications, Inc.

Reference: 1 T.T Soong. Fundamentals of probability and statistics for engineers, wiley
series,2013
2 Eshetu Wencheko(2012). Introduction to statistics. Addis ababa university press.

143
Workshop for Mechatronics

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Workshop for Mechatronics
Course:
Course EMEg3105
Code:
3 Synopsis: This course mainly provides students with the knowledge and skills required to
perform hand on projects. Students will have the ability to apply practical
knowledge to real-world problems.
4 Name(s) of Bereket Walle
Academic
Staff:
5 Semester Semester: I Year: 3
and Year
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 2
7 Prerequisite Introduction to Computer Programming
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Investigate experiment according to given demonstration and draw valid conclusions
CLO2 Generate, load and test a program using software tools
CLO3 Develop a project as a team to solve and apply for certain problems
CLO4 Create small mechatronic system prototype
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching
Methods and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
Assignment
PLO10

PLO11
PLO12
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6
PLO7
PLO8

PLO9

Lab-report

Methods
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 x x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x
CLO3 x x x x x
CLO4 x x x
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings))
1 Multi-domain systems integration skills
Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

144
 Teaching and Learning Activities Total
(SLT)-[hrs]
CL Guided learning GL IL
O (F2F) (NF2F) (NF2
Course Content Outline F)
L T P O
11 UNIT I : SOLDERING AND SPLICING CL 0.5 10.5 2 3 16
Workshop Safety Rules, General O1
Soldering Information, Splicing; Two
lamps controlled from two different places
by means of two two-way switches; Two
lamps controlled from three different
places by means of two two-way and one,
intermediate switches; Two lamps
controlled from four different places by
means of two two-way and two
intermediate switches; Fluorescent Lamp
Wiring, Bell switch; Annunciator circuits.
UNIT II : WIRING OF RELAY CIRCUIT CL 0.5 11.5 2 3 17
Relays definition, relay circuits O1
characteristics and their application,
timer‟s definition and their characteristics;
Controlling of induction motors using
relays and timer circuits; Preparing relay
circuit wiring diagram and implementing to
control motor; controlling of motor forward
reverse rotation using push buttons
interlocking with relays and contactor,
Interlocking; Automatic reversing of
direction of motor using timers.
UNIT III : INDUSTRIAL INSTALLATION CL 0.5 10.5 2 3 16
Principle of contactor and motor control O1
mechanisms, Power and control circuits
of industrial wiring and devices used in
these circuits, Starting of ac motors, DOL
starting, Star delta starting,
Autotransformer starting, Reduced
voltage starting, Resistance starting,
Reversal of direction of motor rotation,
Using contactor interlocking
(interchanging phase terminals), Using
push button interlocking

145
 UNIT IV: PERIPHERAL INTERFACING 0.5 7.5 2 3 13
AND PROGRAMMING OF
MICROCONTROLLER
Switches and Pushbuttons, Sensors:
Temperature, IR, PIR, ultrasonic,
humidity, rain, moisture sensors,
Actuators: dc motor, stepper motor, servo
motor, valves, pumps, lamp, heater,
Interfacing of LCD, 7 segment display,
GSM modules, keypads and motor with
Arduino

Total 2 40 8 12 62

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage Total- F2F NF2F SLT
50(%)
1 Tests 20% 2 4 6
Lab-report 20% 2 2
2 Project 60% 2 8 10

Final Exam No final exam F2F NF2F SLT

Final Exam
Grand Total SLT 80
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face,
GL= Guided Learning, IL= Independent Learning Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s
numbering in item 9.
12 Resources 1 Software
required to 2 Workshop
deliver the
course
3 Computer Lab
13 Text book [1] Alex Weiss: Workshop Electrics, 2014.
Reference: [2] Special Interest Model Books: Dec, 2012.

146
Signals & Systems

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Signal & Systems
Course:
Course Code: EMEg3102
3 Synopsis: The course will focus on how signals can be represented in time domain and
how they can be transformed into other domains. The students will also learn
about analytical techniques that allow modeling the behavior of the systems
and gain an insight into the characteristics of signals. The course will provide
skills to model, analyze and design signals and systems in general.

4 Name(s) of Mitku Berhe

Academic
Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: II Year: 3
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite Applied mathematics III
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Identify and Express the concepts of signals and systems and their properties which
can be used in a wide variety of disciplines in engineering
CLO2 Apply the convolution sum/ convolution integral formulas to determine the output of
continuous time/discrete time signals
CLO3 Analyze continuous and discrete time signals and systems in the time/frequency
domain using Fourier, Laplace and z-transform
CLO4 Develop computer programs to implement different signal processing algorithms
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching
Methods and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
Assignment
PLO10

PLO11
PLO12
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3
PLO4

PLO5
PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

Lab-report

Methods
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 x x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x
CLO3 x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x

147
 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Total
Activities SLT-
CLO [hrs]
Course Content Outline Guided GL IL
learning (F2F) NF2F NF2F
10
L T P O
UNIT I : FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF CLO1,4 4 6 4 14
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
Characterization, classification, and
modeling of signals and systems, CT, DT,
Analog, Digital, Deterministic, Random,
Periodic, aperiodic; even & Odd signal
decomposition

UNIT II : FUNDAMENTAL SIGNALS CLO1,4 4 6 4 14

AND SYSTEM CLASSIFICATION
Signal Transformations, Fundamental
signals: Complex Exponentials; Decaying
exponentials; sinusoids; Unit Impulse; Unit
Step, Signal representation using
fundamental signals.
System Classification: -
Continuous/Discrete, Analog/Digital,
Linear/Nonlinear, Time-invariant/Time
varying; Causal/Anti-causal;
Stable/Unstable
Sampling theorem:-Ideal and real
sampling, Nyquist rate
UNIT III : FOURIER SERIES CLO 4 6 4 14
REPRESENTATION OF PERIODIC 2,4
SIGNALS
Frequency domain view of LTI systems,
Concept of complex frequency, Fourier
series representation of CT periodic
signals (CTFS), Properties of CTFS,
Fourier series representation of DT

148
periodic signals (DTFS), Properties of
DTFS
UNIT IV : CONVOLUTION CLO 4 6 4 14
Signals as a continuum of impulses; 3,4
impulse responses; analytical, graphical
and numerical evaluation of convolution.

UNIT V : FOURIER TRANSFORMS AND CLO 4 6 2 12

INVERSE TRANSFORMS 1,2,4
Properties, energy spectrum, transform
theorems, system functions.
UNIT VI: LAPLACE TRANSFORMS AND 4 6 2 12
INVERSE LAPLACE TRANSFORM
Properties, relationship between Fourier
and Laplace transforms; system functions,
Inverse Laplace transform techniques,
evaluations from pole-zero plots; systems
response, solutions to integral-differential
equations, Application of Laplace and
Fourier transforms
UNIT VII: Z-TRANSFORMS AND 4 6 2 12
INVERSE TRANSFORMS
Discrete signals and systems, the Z-
transform & inverse transform; system
functions; difference equations and their
solutions
UNIT VIII: DISCREET FOURIER 4 6 2 12
TRANSFORM AND WAVELET
TRANSFORM
Discrete Fourier transform, Wavelet
transform, Relationship between Fourier
transform and wavelet transform
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 20% 1 2 3
2 Project 30% 3 5 8
Total
Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F
(%)
50 % 3 5 8
Grand Total SLT 120

149
 L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to
Face, GL= Guided Learning, IL= Independent Learning.
12 Resources 1 Computer Lab
required 3
13 Text book [1] Signals and Systems, Second Edition, Simon Haykin and Barry Van
Veen, John, Wiley & Sons, 2015

Reference: [2] Philip Denbigh: System Analysis and Signal, 2014

[3] Roberts: Signals and Systems: Analysis using Transform Methods and
MATLAB, MJ, International Edition, McGraw Hill, 2012.
[4] Processing with emphasis on the use of matlab, Prentice Hall; 1st edition
, February 3, 2011
[5] Budak: Passive and Active Network Analysis and Synthesis, Houghton
Mifflin, 2012
[6] Tesfaye Bayou: Analysis of Signals and Systems, Addis Ababa
University, 1994.

150
 Mechanism of Machinery

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

College: College of Electrical and
1 Department: Mechanical Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Course
2 Mechanism of Machinery
Name
3 Course Code MEng3110

Basics of Kinematic mechanisms – Velocity –Acceleration analysis for different

4 Synopsis mechanisms – law of gearing – gears- gear trains- balancing of rotating masses- force
analysis – vibration analysis – control etc.,
Name(s) of
5 TBA
Academic Staff
Semester and Semeste Year
6 II 3
Year offered r: :
7 Credit Hour 3
Prerequisite/
8 Co-requisite: (if Engineering Mechanics II (Dynamics ),Design of Machine Element II
any)

Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

Apply the basic components of mechanisms, analyze the assembly with respect to the
CLO1 displacement, velocity, and acceleration at any point in a link of a mechanism and design cam
mechanisms for specified output motions
CLO2 Apply the basic concepts of toothed gearing and kinematics of gear trains
9
CLO3 Analyze the effects of friction in machine elements
Analyze the force-motion relationship in components subjected to external forces and analyze
CLO4
of standard mechanisms
Analyze the undesirable effects of unbalances resulting from prescribed motions in
CLO5
mechanism and the effect of dynamics of undesirable vibrations.
Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Outcomes (CLO)

Assessment
Course Learnin

Teaching
Assignment

Lab-report
PO10

PO11
PO12
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8

PO9

Methods
Project

10
Quiz
Test

L T P O

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

151
 CLO4 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Industry visit
11
2 Mechanical shop

3…etc.

Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities
CLO Guided Independent Total (SLT)
Guided
Learning Learning
learning (F2F)
Course Content Outline (NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O
Chapter 1: Kinematics of
Mechanisms
1.1. Mechanisms – Terminology
and definitions – kinematics
inversions of 4 bar and
12 slide crank chain,
kinematics analysis in
simple mechanisms velocity CLO
and acceleration polygons 1 6 8 3 5 22
Analytical methods
computer approach
1.2. Cams classifications
displacement diagrams
1.3. Layout of plate cam profiles
– derivatives of follower‟s
motion – circular arc and
tangent cams.

152
Chapter 2: Gears and Gear
Trains
2.1 Spur gear – law of toothed
gearing – involute gearing
Interchangeable gears
2.2 Gear tooth action
CLO
interference and
2 4 8 2 4 18
undercutting nonstandard
teeth
2.3 Gear trains – parallel axis
gears trains – epicyclic
gear trains
2.4 Automotive transmission
gear trains.
Chapter 3: Friction in
Machine Elements
3.1 Surface contacts – Sliding
and
Rolling friction – Friction
Drives Friction in screw
CLO
threads
3 4 6 2 4 16
3.2 Bearings and lubrication
Friction clutches – Belt
and rope drives
3.3 Friction aspects in brakes
Friction in vehicle
propulsion
and braking.
Chapter 4: Force Analysis
4.1 Applied and Constrained
Forces – Free body
diagrams
static Equilibrium
conditions
Two, Three and four CLO
7 8 3 5 23
members 4
4.2 Static Force analysis in
simple machine members
4.3 Dynamic Force Analysis –
Inertia Forces and Inertia
Torque – D‟Alembert‟s
principle – superposition

153
 principle
4.4 Dynamic Force Analysis in
simple machine members

Chapter 5: Balancing and

Vibration
5.1 Static and Dynamic
balancing
Balancing of revolving and
reciprocating masses
5.2 Balancing machines free
vibrations Equations of
CLO
motion 4 8 2 4 18
5
natural Frequency
5.4 Damped Vibration –
bending critical speed of
simple shaft
5.5 Torsional vibration –
Forced vibration –
harmonic Forcing –
Vibration isolation.
2 3 12 22
Total 97
5 8
Assessment
Percentage
Continuous Assessment F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Quiz. 05 1 1
2 Test 1 15 2 2
3 Test 2 10 1 1
4 Group Assignment 1 10 5 5
5 Group Assignment 2 10 5 5
Total 14

154
 Percentage 50
Final Exam F2F NF2F SLT
(%)
Final Exam 50 3 6 9
Grand Total SLT 120

L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

Special 1 Software
12 requirements and
2 Computer lab
resources
Uicker, J.J., Pennock G.R and Shigley, J.E., “Theory of Machines and
1
Mechanisms”, Oxford University Press, 2017.
2 Rattan, S.S, “Theory of Machines”, McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2014.
Text book and
Robert L. Norton, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, Tata McGraw-Hill,
13 reference: 3
2009.
4 Wilson and Sadler, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, Pearson, 2008
Rao.J.S. and Dukkipati.R.V. “Mechanism and Machine Theory”, New Age
5
International Pvt. Ltd., 2006

155
 Smart Materials & applications

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Course: Smart Materials and Applications
Course Code: EMEg4108
3 Synopsis: The course aims to familiarize students with the structure and physical properties of
smart materials used in Mechatronics engineering. New nanostructured active
materials are being developed thanks to the advances in the fabrication technologies
and to the understanding of frequently non-equilibrium conditions during their synthesis.
In this course smart materials properties and structures will be discussed in the broader
external conditions for the use with the presentation of selected application technologies
and provide the students with the state-of-the-art knowledge on smart materials and
smart systems, as well as the techniques used to functionalize common materials. They
are now basis of numerous 21st century engineering solutions related to the control of
environment, for energy management, for biotechnology, for integrated electronics, for
aerospace, and for many others. Particular emphasis will be placed on the application of
these materials in the industry. Examples of advanced practical applications will include
smart sensors, smart actuators, energy conversion devices, advanced materials for
electronics and data storage, etc.
4 Name(s) of Bereket Walle
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: II Year: 4
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite None
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Understand the concepts of functional material, smart material and smart system.
CLO2 Know how the techniques for the synthesis of smart materials
CLO3 Select smart materials for specific engineering applications
CLO4 Judge the appropriate application of smart materials with respect to the feasibility of their
fabrication and implementation, and to the economic aspects
CLO5 Innovatively apply the above knowledge to selected applications, particularly electronics, data
storage, sensing and automation
9

156
 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods
and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)

Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching

Assignment
PLO10

PLO11
PLO12
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3
PLO4

PLO5

PLO6
PLO7
PLO8

PLO9

Lab-report
Methods

Project
L T P O

Quiz
Test
CLO1 x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x x
CLO3 x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x x x
CLO5 x x x x x x x
Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
10 Total
Teaching and Learning SLT-hrs
CLO Activities
Guided GL IL
Course Content Outline learning NF2F NF2F
(F2F)
L T P O
UNIT 1: Introduction to Smart Material CLO1,2 4 3 3 5 15
 Review of atomic theory of matter; ,3
 Review Material conductivity
nature
 Definition of smart and functional
materials
 The science and technology of
advanced materials
 Charge displacement processes
 Dielectrics in electric fields:
Barium titanate

UNIT 2: Piezoelectric Materials CLO1,2 4 3 3 4 14

 Dielectric Materials and ,3
Polarization properties
 Mixture of Dielectrics
 Fabrication of Piezoelectric
materials
 Electrostriction effect

157
  Application Piezoelectric
materials
UNIT 3: Shape Memory Alloy (SMA) CLO1,, 4 3 3 5 15
 SMA properties and principles 5
 One way shape memory effect
 Two way shape memory effect
 Super thermo elastic effect
 High Damping effect
 SMA applications
UNIT 4: Pyro electric Materials CLO1,3 4 2 3 4 13
 Pyro electric material properties ,11
 Infrared detection
 Pyro electric material applications
UNIT 5: Magnetostrictive Materials CLO1,2 4 3 3 5 15
 Introduction to Magneto strictive ,3,9
materials &10
 Physical origin of magneto
striction
 Material property and principles
 Magneto strictive applications
UNIT 6: Magneto-Electro rheological CLO1,2 4 2 3 4 13
Materials ,3,4,5
 Introduction
 Types of rheological systems
 properties of rheological materials
 Application Areas
UNIT 7: Optical Storage Devices 4 3 3 5 15
 Optical Drive layout
 Basic principles of optical data
storage
 Phase-change media and
Reflectance
 Glass formation and the
amorphous phase

Total 2 1 21 32 100
8 9

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT

158
 Total-50(%)

1 Tests 20% 1.5 2.5 4

2 Project 15% 1 4 5
3 Assignments 15% 1 3 4

Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F SLT

(%)
Final Exam 50% 2.5 4.5 7
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face, GL=
Guided Learning, IL= Independent Learning Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item
9.
12 Special 1 Industry Visit
requirements &
resources

13 Text book [1].DANIEL, ADDINGTON MICHELLE E. SCHODEK. "Smart Materials and New
Technologies." (2016).

Reference: [1] Wiley-VCH, March 2002. (2002): 1176.

[2] Schwartz, Mel. "Encyclopedia of Smart Materials, 2 Volume Set." Encyclopedia of
Smart Materials, 2 Volume Set, by Mel Schwartz, pp. 1176. ISBN 0-471-17780-
[3] Schwartz, Mel. Smart materials. CRC press, 2008.
[4] Banerjee, Srikumar, and A. K. Tyagi, eds. Functional materials: preparation,
processing and applications. Elsevier, 2011.
[5] Wel, Z. G., R. Sandstrom, and S. Mlyazaki. "Review shape-memory materials and
hybrid composites for smart systems." Journal of Materials Science 33.3 (1998):
743-3.

159
 Machine Drawing with CAD

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Department: Electromechanical Engineering
2 Course Name Machine Drawing with CAD
Course Code: EMEg3108
3 Synopsis: Introduction common engineering graphics software, representing of drawing primitives on
a computer; hardware and software; Basic commands of drawing and editing, dimensioning
and text annotations of a CAD software, Detail and assembly drawings of machine
elements, Machine tolerance, allowances and surface texture symbols, 3D mechanical
elements and their assemblies, Project works on machine elements and assemblies with
CAD software.
4 Name(s) of Tolina Tabo
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: II Year: 3
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- Engineering Drawing
requisite: (if any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Identify elements of the CAD software interfaces.

CLO2 Interpret drafting, drawing conventions and standards in machine drawing

CLO3 Prepare detail and assembly machine drawings with the application of dimensioning using CAD
software following standards, codes and norms.
CLO4 Create 3D mechanical machine components and assembly using CAD software

CLO5 Function effectively as an individual and as a member in project works

9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
PO10

PO11

PO12

Assignment
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Methods
Lab-report
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 x x x x
CLO2 x x x x
CLO3 x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x
10.
CLO5 x x

160
11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning (F2F) Guided Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline Learning Learning -hrs
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

1. Introduction to Common CLO1 8 4 6 - 18 6 24

Graphics (CAD) Software CLO2
 Introduction to CAD software
 CAD interfaces and
commands in context of
machine drawing
 Drafting, tolerance and
geometrical symbols used in
machine drawing.
 Drawing standards
2. 2D machine drawings using CLO1 4 - 14 - 18 10 28
CAD CLO3
 Draw Commands CLO5
 Edit Commands
 Dimension commands
 Hatch commands
 Machine components
drawing: shaft coupling, Bolts
and nuts, bearings,
automobile parts, machine
tool parts
3. 2D Assembly Drawings of CLO1 - 2 8 - 10 8 18
Mechanical Components CLO4
Using CAD CLO5

4. 3D Drawings of Mechanical CLO1 4 - 12 - 16 12 28

Components and their CLO3
Assembly CLO5
 3D modeling commands/ Part
drawing
 3D Assembly

Total 62 36 98

161
 Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Quiz 10 1 - 1
2 Tests 10 2 - 3
3 Assignments - - - -
4 Project 40 - 1 20
5 Lab Report - - - -
Total 24
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 40 1 -- 3
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

12 Special 1 Computer lab

requirements and 2 Software
resources
13 Text book and 1 K.L. Narayana, P.Kannaian and K.V. Reddy, Machine Drawing, Third Edition, New
reference: Age International (P) Ltd, publisher, New Delhi, 2016.
2 Cecil H. Jensen, Jay D. Helsel, and Dennis Short, Engineering Drawing and
Design, Aug 17, 2017.
3 Singh, s., &Sah, P.L., Fundamentals of Machine Drawing, Printice Hall of India
Private Limited, New Delhi, 2013.
4 Raisor E. Max, Engineering Graphics Principles with Geometric Dimensioning and
Tolerancing, Feb 2012
5 David, Allan Low, Manual of Machine Drawing and Design - Mechanical Drawing,
Jun 1, 2011

162
 Applied Electronics I

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Department: Electronics Engineering
2 Course Name Applied Electronics I
Course Code: EMEg3106
3 Synopsis:
The course focuses on discussing basic semiconductor theory, semiconductor
diodes and their applications, BJT, FET, Amplifier frequency response, Multistage
amplifiers, Power amplifier and Tuned amplifiers.

It also introduces the basic measurements on characteristics of electronic devices

and circuits, semiconductor diode characteristics, rectification and filtering, bipolar
junction transistor characteristics, transistor biasing and operating point stability,
transistor amplifier, frequency response, multistage amplifier, power amplifier and
Tuned amplifier.
4 Name(s) of Tekalign Tesfaye
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: II Year 3
Year offered: :
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Electrical Circuit
8 Course Learning Outcome (CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Construct the concept of basic semiconductor theory, semiconductor diodes and their
application
CLO2 Develop the characteristics of BJT, FET and amplifiers.
CLO3 Design and simulate frequency response of an amplifier, Multistage amplifiers, power
amplifiers and Tuned amplifiers.
CLO4 Conduct an experiment on diode, BJT characteristics, operating point and amplifier,
frequency response of multistage, power and tuned amplifier.
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:

Program Learning Outcomes (PO)

Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
PO10

PO11
PO12

Assignment
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7
PO8

PO9

Methods
Lab-report
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 √
CLO2 √
CLO3 √ √

163
 CLO4 √ √ √
Transferable Skills

1 Circuit design in Multisim / other related software

10
2 Practically design basic electronics

Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities Total SLT-
CLO Guided Guided Independent hrs
Course Content Outline learning (F2F) Learning Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

Chapter 1: Basic Semiconductor

Theory
1.1 Introduction to semiconductor
materials and properties
1.2 current in semiconductor
1.3 N-type and P-type √ 10
semiconductor CLO1
1.4 The PN junction

Chapter 2: Semiconductor diodes

and their application
2.1 Diode operation
2.2 Voltage-current (V-I) 16
characteristics CLO1
2.3 Diode models CLO4 √ √
2.4 Half-wave and full-wave
rectifiers
2.5 Special-purpose diodes
Chapter 3: Bipolar Junction
Transistors
3.1 Bipolar Junction Transistor
(BJT)
3.2 Basic BJT operation CLO2 18
3.3 BJT characteristics and CLO3 √ √
parameters CLO4
3.4 The BJT as an amplifier

3.5 Small signal modes and

operation
3.6 Amplifier frequency response

164
Chapter 4: BJT small signal
amplifiers
4.1 BJT amplifiers CLO2 15
4.2 CE BJT amplifier CLO3 √ √
4.3 CB BJT amplifier CLO4
4.4 CC BJT amplifier

Chapter 5: Field effect transistors

(FETs)
5.1 The JFETs
5.2 JEFT characteristics and 9
parameters
5.3 JEFT biasing
5.4 The ohmic region CLO2
5.5 The MOSFET CLO3 √

5.6 MOSDET characteristics and

parameters
10
5.7 MOSFET biasing

5.8 JFET amplifiers and

switching circuit
Chapter 6: Multistage Amplifiers
6.1 Introduction to Multistage
amplifiers CLO2
6.2 Different cascading of CLO3 √ √ 10
amplifiers CLO4
6.3 Analysis of cascaded
amplifiers
Chapter 7: Power Amplifiers and
Tuned Amplifiers
7.1 The class A power amplifier CLO3
7.2 The class B and class AB CLO4 √ √ 12
push-pull amplifiers
7.2 The class C amplifiers

Total 100
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 15% 4
2 Quiz 10% 2
3 Lab-report 15% 4
4 Assignments 10% 6

165
 Total 16
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50% 4
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non-Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

12 Special 1 Workshop
requirements and 2 Computer Lab
resources to deliver 3 Software – Multisim
the course
13 Textbook and 1 Electronic devices, electron flow version,9th edition by Thomas l. Floyd
reference: 2 Microelectronics: Circuit Analysis and Design,4th edition by Donald A.
Neamen
3 Theodore F. Bogart, Electronic Devices and Circuits
4 Malvino, Electronic Principles
5 Robert Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky: Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory
S. Sedra & C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits
jacob millman microelectronics digital and analog circuit system
sanjeev gupta, electronic circuit and device

166
 Applied Electronics II

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Department: Electronics Engineering
Course Name Applied Electronics II
Course Code: EMEg4101
3 Synopsis:
The course focuses on discussing advanced electronics circuits and concepts of
feedback system. Discusses the working principles of differential and operational
amplifiers. Design and simulate the circuits of differential and operational amplifiers
using Multisim. Discuss, design and simulate applications of amplifiers.

Introduces to the wave shaping circuits such as oscillators and Multivibrators,

timers and switching circuits.

4 Name(s) of Mitku Berhe

Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Year Semester: I Year: 4
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite: Applied Electronics I
8 Course Learning Outcome (CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Construct the concept of feedback system.

CLO2 Develop the concept of amplifiers, Multivibrators, Schmitt triggers and filters.
CLO3 Design and simulate Oscillators, Multivibrators, Schmitt triggers and filters.
CLO4 Conduct an experiment on differential amplifier, Op-Amps, Oscillators and Schmitt triggers using
741 and 555 timers.
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Teaching Assessment
methods
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Project
Assign

report
ment
Quiz

Lab-
PO10

PO11

PO12
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7

PO8

PO9

L T P O

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √

CLO2 √ √ √ √

CLO3 √ √ √ √ √

CLO4 √ √ √ √ √ √

167
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Circuit design in Multisim

2 Practically design basic electronics

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities
CLO Guided learning Guided Independent Total (SLT)
Course Content Outline (F2F) Learning Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O

Chapter 1: Feedback Amplifiers

1.1 Introduction to feedback
systems √

1.2 Basic feedback concept

(negative and positive feedback √ 10
systems) CLO1

1.3 Loop gain and stability of

feedback circuits

1.4 Ideal feedback topologies

Chapter 2: Differential amplifiers

2.1 Introduction to differential
amplifier
√
2.2 A small review on BJT CLO1 16
amplifiers CLO4 √

2.3 Basic operation of differential

amplifiers

2.4 Small signal analysis of

differential amplifiers

2.5 Ways of improving voltage

and common mode rejection
ratio

168
Chapter 3: Operational Amplifiers
3.1 Characteristics and operation
of Op-Amp
18

3.2 The ideal Op-Amp circuit CLO1

analysis CLO2 √ √
CLO4
3.3 Inverting, non-Inverting and
voltage follower Op-Amps
3.4 Open loop and closed loop
voltage gains in Op-Amp

3.5 Op-Amp performance

parameters
3.6 Application of Op-Amps in
liner circuits
Chapter 4: Active Filters
4.1 Introduction to Low pass and
High pass filters
CLO3 18
4.2 Low pass and High pass filter √
circuits
4.3 Analog Integrated circuits
and their applications
Chapter 5: Oscillators
5.1 Operation of Oscillators
5.2 Phase-shift Oscillator CLO1
5.3 Wien Bridge Oscillator CLO3 18
5.4 Crystal Oscillator CLO4 √ √

5.5 Unijunction Oscillator

Chapter 6: Multivibrators
6.1 Introduction to Multivibrators
6.2 Operation of Mono-stable, Bi-
stable and A-stable MV. CLO1 18
6.3 Multivibrators using 555 CLO3
timers CLO4 √ √
6.4 Operation of Schmitt trigger
Total 98
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)

169
 1 Tests 15% 4
2 Quiz 10% 2
3 Lab-report 15% 8
4 Assignments 10% 4
Total
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50% 2 2 4
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non-Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

12 Special requirements 1 Workshop

and resources to 2 Computer Lab
deliver the course 3 Software – Multisim
13 Text book 1 Microelectronics: Circuit Analysis and Design,8th edition by Donald A.
Neamen,2017
References 1 Dept. Electrical & Electronics Eng, Applied Electronics II (EEEG – 2202),
Prepared by: Sh. F,2014
2 Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, by Robert Boylestad Theodore F.
Bogart, Electronic Devices and Circuits,2012
3 Robert Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky: Electronic Devices and Circuit
Theory,2012

170
 Mechanical Vibrations

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

College: College of Electrical and Mechanical
1 Department: Mechanical Engineering
Engineering
Course Code:
MEng4109
2
Course name: Mechanical Vibration
Introduction to mechanical vibration; Modeling of dynamic systems; Single-degree of
freedom system-Two degrees of freedom system-Damped and Undamped
3 Synopsis
Longitudinal Vibrations; Transverse Vibration; Whirling of shafts; Torsional vibrations;
Causes of vibrations; Introduction to vibration control and measurements.
Name(s) of
4 TBA
Academic Staff
Semester and
5 Semester: 1 Year: 4
Year offered
6 Credit Hour 3
Prerequisite/ Co-
7 Mechanisms of Machinery
requisite: (if any)

Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Apply the fundamental concepts of vibration.

CLO2 Determine the natural frequencies of the single degree freedom systems.
8
CLO3 Determine the natural frequencies and mode shapes of the two degree freedom systems.
CLO4 Describe the different types of experimental methods in vibration analysis.
CLO5 Describe the different types of vibration and its control measures.
Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Assessment
Teaching
Assignment

Lab-report
PO10

PO11

PO12
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Methods
Project
Quiz
Test

9 L T P O

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√”on the appropriate relevant box
Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
11
Teaching and Learning Activities Total

171
 CLO Guided learning GL IL SLT-hrs
Course Content Outline (F2F) (NF2F) (NF2F)

L T P O

Chapter 1: BASICS OF
VIBRATION
1.1 Introduction, classification of
CLO 1 1 0 - - 2 2 5
vibration: Fundamentals of
Vibration Causes of Vibrations
Effects of Vibrations
1.2 Methods of
Elimination/Reduction of the CLO 1 1 2 3
undesirable Vibrations
1.3 Simple harmonic motion,
definition of terminologies, Degrees CLO 1 1 2 2 1 6
of Freedom
1.4 Free and forced vibration,
CLO 1 2 4 3 4 13
Undamped and damped vibration
Chapter 2:SINGLE DEGREE OF
FREEDOM SYSTEMS
CLO 2 2 3 5
2.1 Newton‟s Laws, D‟Alembert‟s
principle, Energy methods
2.2 Free vibrations, free damped
CLO 2 1 2 3
vibrations,
2.3 Forced vibrations with and
CLO 2 2 3 2 3 10
without damping, base excitation.
Chapter3:TWO DEGREE
FREEDOM SYSTEM
CLO 3 1 2 3
3.1 Introduction-Free Vibration Of
Undamped And Damped
3.2 Forced Vibration With
CLO 3 1 2 3
Harmonic Excitation System
3.3 Coordinate Couplings And
Principal Coordinates – Vibration CLO 3 1 2 2
absorbers
3.4 Lagrangean equation and their
CLO 3 1 2 2 1 6
applications.
CLO3,
3.5 Multidegree of freedom 1 2 3
4
Chapter 4:EXPERIMENTAL
METHODS IN VIBRATION CLO 4 3 2 5
ANALYSIS

172
4.1 Vibration Analysis Overview -
Experimental Methods in Vibration
Analysis.-Vibration Measuring
Instruments
4.2 Selection of Sensors-
CLO 4 2 2 4
Accelerometer Mountings
4.3 Vibration Exciters-Mechanical,
Hydraulic, Electromagnetic And CLO 4 2 1 3
Electrodynamics
4.4 Frequency Measuring
Instruments-. System Identification
CLO 4 1 1 2 2 3 7
from Frequency Response -Testing
for resonance and mode shapes
Chapter 5:VIBRATION CONTROL
5.1 Specification of Vibration Limits
–Vibration severity standards- CLO 5 1 2 3
Vibration as condition Monitoring
tool-Vibration
5.2 Isolation methods - Dynamic
Vibration Absorber, Torsional and CLO 5 2 2 4
Pendulum Type Absorber
5.3 Damped Vibration absorbers-
Static and Dynamic Balancing-
CLO 5 2 2 4
Balancing machines-Field
balancing
5.4 Vibration Control by Design
Modification- - Active Vibration CLO 5 2 1 2 1 6
Control
Total 100
Assessment
Percentage
Continuous Assessment F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Quiz. 05 1 1
2 Test 1 15 1 1
3 Test 2 10 1 1
4 Group Assignment 1 10 4 4
5 Group Assignment 2 10 4 4
Total 11
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 3 6 9
Grand Total SLT 120

173
 L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

Singiresu S. Rao, “Mechanical Vibrations”, Pearson Education Incorporated,

Text book 1
2017
Reference: Grover. G.K., edited by Nigam. S. P., “Mechanical Vibrations”, Nem Chand and
2
13 Bros., 2014.
3 Benson H. Tongue, “Principles of Vibrations”, Oxford University, 2007.
Ambekar. A. G., Mechanical Vibrations and Noise Engineering”, Prentice Hall of
4
India Pvt. Ltd., 2006

174
Fluid Mechanics

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Fluid Mechanics
Course:
Course Code: EMEg4103
3 Synopsis: This subject aims to enable students to: understand key concepts and fundamental
principles, together with the assumptions made in their development, pertaining to
fluid behavior, both in static and flowing conditions; deal effectively with practical
engineering situations, including the analysis and design of engineering systems
and devices involving fluids and flow; appreciate possible applications and links to
other disciplines; and engage in further specialized study or research. The subject
also aims to enhance interests in fluid phenomena and applications. Topics
include: fluid properties and statics; conservation laws of mass, momentum and
energy; flow in pipes; external flow (lift and drag); boundary layers; flow
measurements; and environmental fluid mechanics.

4 Name(s) of TBA
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: I Year: 4
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite Applied mathematics III
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO Identify, engage, interpret and analyses stakeholder needs and cultural perspectives, establish
1 priorities and goals, and identify constraints, uncertainties and risks (social, ethical, cultural,
legislative, environmental, economics etc.) to define the system requirements.
CLO Apply problem solving, design and decision-making methodologies to develop components,
2 systems and processes to meet specified requirements.
CLO Apply abstraction, mathematics and discipline fundamentals, software, tools and techniques to
3 evaluate, implement and operate systems.
CLO Work as an effective member or leader of diverse teams, communicating effectively and
4 operating within cross-disciplinary and cross-cultural contexts in the workplace.
CLO Critically self-review their performance to improve themselves, their teams, and the broader
5 community and society.

175
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching
Methods and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning
Teaching

Assignment
PLO10

PLO11
PLO12
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3
PLO4
PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

Lab-report
Methods

Project
L T P O

Quiz
Test
CLO1 x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x
CLO3 x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x
CLO5 x x x x
10 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Total
Teaching and Learning (SLT)-hrs
CLO Activities
Guided GL IL
Course Content Outline learning (F2F) (NF2 (NF
F) 2F)

L T P O
Overview & applications of Fluid CLO1 3 2 3 8
Mechanics
Fluid statics; Pressure variation; CLO1,2 4 4 2 3 13
Manometer; Forces on surfaces;

Buoyancy and stability relative CLO1,2 4 4 3 3 14

equilibrium; Fluid Dynamics; Fluid flow
concepts and visualization;
Basic equations in differential and CLO2,3 4 4 3 3 14
integral forms; Vortices and circulation;
Bernoulli equation;

Application of Momentum principles; CLO1,2,3 4 4 3 3 14

Flow meters; Pitot-Static tube; Ideal fluid
flow

Stream function and velocity potential; CLO1,2 5 5 3 4 17

Various ideal flow situations; Viscous
incompressible flow: Pipe and channel
flows;

176
 Boundary layer concepts; Drag, CLO1,2,3 6 5 4 5 20
Dimensional analysis; Similarity
principles and model testing; Unsteady
flow: Water hammer and Surge tank;
Free surface flows: Types; Optimum
section; Hydraulic jumps
Total 30 26 20 24 100

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage Total-50(%) F2F NF2F SLT

1 Tests 20% 2 3 5
2 Project 30% 1 5 6

Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT

Final Exam 50% 3 5 8
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face,
GL= Guided Learning, IL= Independent Learning Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s
numbering in item 9.
12 Resources 1 Workshop
required
13 Text book 1. Munson, B.R. et al, Fluid Mechanics, 7th Ed., SI version, Wiley, 2013;
Reference: 1. OR Munson, Young and Okiishi's Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics, 8th Edition,
by P.M. Gerhart et al, Wiley, 2016
2. Huynh, B.P., Fluid Mechanics - Course Notes, UTS, 2012
3. White, F.M., Fluid Mechanics, 6th Ed., McGraw-Hill, 20011
4. Giles, R.V., Evett, J.B. and Vennard, J.K., Theory and Problems of Fluid
Mechanics and Hydraulics, 3rd Ed., Schaum‟s Outline series, McGraw-Hill, 2013.
.

177
Control Systems

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Department: Electromechanical Engineering
2 Nam Control Systems
e of
Cour
se:
Cour EMEg4105
se
Cod
e:
3 Syn This course mainly provides students with the knowledge and skills required to model a physical
opsi systems in the form of differential equations. Students will have the ability to analyze systems in
s: time and frequency domains and apply those theories to design a compensator and its
realization.

4 Nam Abera Mulatu

e(s)
of
Aca
demi
c
Staff
:
5 Sem Semester: I Yea 4
este r:
r
and
Year
offer
ed:
6 Cred 4
it
Hour
:
7 Prer Applied Mathematics III, Signals and Systems
equi
site
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:
CLO Describe the fundamentals of control systems and develop the mathematical models of physical
1 systems and representations

178
 CLO Analyze and compare time domain and frequency domain analysis techniques using
2 mathematical tools (Matlab)
CLO Design a compensator based on performance index and its realization using Matlab
3
CLO Work collaboratively on a team to successfully complete a design project.
4

Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching
Methods and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Assessment
9 Teaching
Methods
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
L T P O
PLO2

PLO3

PLO6

PLO8

PLO9

Assignment

Project
Quiz
C x x x x
L
O
1
C x x x x x
L
O
2
C x x x x x
L
O
3
C x x x x
L
O
4
Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Activities Total
(SLT
CLO )-hrs
Course Content Guided learning (F2F) GL NF2F IL
Outline NF
2F

179
 L T P O
UNIT I : CLO 4 4 4 12
INTRODUCTION TO 1,4
1 CONTROL
0 SYSTEMS
Introduction to
Laplace and inverse
Laplace transform,
introduction to
systems, types of
control system,
components of
control system
UNIT II : PHYSICAL CLO 6 6 4 4 20
SYSTEMS 1,4
MODELING AND
REPRESENTATION
Modeling of
electrical,
mechanical,
electromechanical,
fluid system, block
diagram reduction
and signal flow graph
UNIT III : TIME CLO 6 6 2 2 16
DOMAIN ANALYSIS 2,4
OF CONTROL
SYSTEM
Steady state error
and error constant,
Transient & steady
state response
st nd
analysis of 1 , 2
and higher order
systems, Time
domain specifications
of closed loop control
system, Stability
analysis:- Routh-
Hurwitz criterion,
Root locus analysis

180
 UNIT IV : CLO 6 6 4 4 20
FREQUENCY 2,4
DOMAIN ANALYSIS
Bode Diagrams,
Polar (Nyquist) Plots,
Nyquist Stability
Criterion, Frequency
domain specifications
of closed loop control
system
UNIT V : DESIGN CLO 6 6 4 4 20
AND REALIZATION 2,4
OF CONTROLLERS
Compensator design:
- Led, Lag and Led-
Lag compensator
design in time and
frequency domain.
P,PI,PD & PID
controllers
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage Total-50(%) F2F NF2F SLT
1 Tests & Quiz 30% 1.5hr 2.5 4
2 Project & Assignment 20% 1.5 hr 8.5 10
Total 14
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F

50% 3 hrs 6hrs 9

Grand Total SLT 120

L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face, GL=
Guided Learning, IL= Independent Learning Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item
9.
1 Resources 1 Workshop
2 required 2 Computer Lab
1 Text book [1] Norman S.Nise, Control systems engineering, sixth edition,2017
3 Reference: [2] Ogata, K., Modern control Engineering, PHI, 4ed., 20144.
[3] Nagrath, I.J., and Gopal, M., Control systems Engineering, New Age International ltd.
publishers 4ed., 2011
[4] Gopal, M.control systems-Principles & Design, 4ed., PHI, 2011

181
 Digital Signal Processing

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Digital Signal Processing
Course:
Course Code: EMEg4107
3 Synopsis: This course mainly provides students with the knowledge and skill required to develop
mathematical and analytical skills necessary to analyze digital signals both in time and
frequency domains. From the system‟s perspective, the students will have the ability to
incorporate extensive design skills which enables students to develop relevant prototypes
with the desired level of accuracy.
4 Name(s) of Mitku Berhe
Academic
Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: I Year 4
Year offered: :
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite Signal and Systems
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Describe the basic concepts of programming in MATLAB and explain use of built in and user defined
functions to perform laboratories and project
CLO2 Produce and Process signals in time domain i.e. Sampling, Quantization, Convolution, Correlation in
MATLAB and model FIR and IIR filters to meet specific requirements
CLO3 Design a project to manipulate signals and investigate processes involved in signal processing for
certain application.
CLO4 Work collaboratively on a team to successfully complete a design.
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)

Teaching
Course Learning

PLO10
PLO11
PLO12
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3
PLO4
PLO5
PLO6
PLO7

PLO8
PLO9

Methods
Assignment

Lab-report

L T P O
Project
Quiz
Test

CLO1 x x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x
CLO3 x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x

182
 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Total
Activities SLT-hrs
CL Guided GL IL
Course Content Outline O learning (F2F) NF NF2F
2F

L T P O
10
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO DSP CL 4 3 3 3 13
Signals, systems and signal processing, O
Signals classification, Concept of frequency in 1,4
continuous time and discrete time signals,
ADC and DAC, Discrete time signals and
systems Frequency analysis of continuous
time signals
UNIT II : DISCRETE TIME SIGNALS 5 3 3 3 14
Discrete time signals and classifications, CL
Analysis of discrete time LTI systems, DE O1,
representation of Discrete time signals, 4
Implementation of discrete time systems,
Correlation of discrete time signals
UNIT III : Z-TRANSFORM CL 5 4 2 2 13
Introduction to Z-transform, Stability analysis O2,
for LTI system and its application to the 4
analysis of LTI systems
UNIT IV : FREQUENCY ANALYSIS OF CL 5 4 3 4 16
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS O3,
Frequency analysis of continuous time 4
signals, Frequency analysis of Discrete time
systems, Properties of Fourier transform for
DT signals, Frequency domain characteristics
of LTI systems, LTI systems as frequency
selective systems
UNIT V : EFFICIENT COMPUTATION OF CL 5 4 3 3 15
DFT( FFT) O1,
FFT algorithms, Applications of FFT 2,4
algorithms, A Linear filtering approach to
computation of the DFT

183
 UNIT VI : IMPLEMENTATION OF DT 5 5 3 4 17
SYSTEMS
FIR systems structure and design analysis
Digital FIR filters, IIR systems structure and
design analysis Digital IIR filters

UNIT VII : APPLICATION OF DSP 3 5 2 2 12

Audio (speech) processing, Image processing,
Video processing.

Total 32 2 19 21 100
8

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 20% 2 4 6
2 Project 30% 2 4 6
Total
Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F
(%)
Final Exam 50% 3 5 8
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face, GL=
Guided Learning, IL= Independent Learning Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item.

12 Resources 1 Workshop
required 3 Computer Lab
13 Text book [1] Digital signal processing "Principles, algorithms and applications" John G.Proakis,
Dimitris G.Manolakis,2016

Reference 1. Digital signal processing using mat lab Vinay K.Ingle and John G.Proakis,2014
2. Textbook on Digital Signal Processing, Koen Eneman, Group T-International
Engineering School – University of Leuven,2013
3. R. J. Schilling and S. L. Harris, "Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing Using
MATLAB", Thomson,2012

184
 Digital Logic Design

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Course Name Digital Logic Design
Course Code: EMEg4112
3 Synopsis: Digital Logic Design is a comprehensive study of the principles and techniques of
modern digital system. It provides an overview of the principles underlying number
systems, arithmetic operations, decimal & alphanumerical codes, Boolean algebra,
combinational and sequential circuits. Furthermore, analysis and design of
combinational sequential logic system is discussed.

4 Name(s) of Mitku Berhe

Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Year Semester: II Year: 4
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 prerequisite Applied Electronics II
8 Course Learning Outcome (CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Identify fundamental concepts of digital logic design.

CLO2 Apply techniques related to the design & analysis of digital circuits.
CLO3 Analyze small-scale combinational and sequential digital circuits.
CLO4 Design small-scale combinational and synchronous sequential circuits.

9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Teaching
Methods
L T P O

CLO1 √ √ √

CLO2 √ √ √ √ √

CLO3 √ √ √

CLO4 √ √ √ √ √

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Activities
CLO GL (F2F) Total
Course Content Outline L T P O GL (NF2F) IL (NF2F) (SLT)

185
Chapter 1: INTRODUCTION CLO1 √ 8
1.1 Digital and Analogue Quantitates
1.2 Binary Digits, Logical Level
1.3 Digital Waveforms
Chapter 2: Number System CLO1 √ √ √ 14
2.1 Operations of Codes
2.2 Decimal and Binary Numbers
2.3 Decimal to/from Binary
Conversion
2.4 1‟s and 2‟s Compliment
2.5 Signed Numbers
2.6 Hexadecimal and Octal Number
2.7 Binary Coded Decimal Number
Chapter 3: LOGIC GATES CLO1 √ √ √ 10
3.1 The Inverter
3.2 AND & OR Gates
3.3 NAND & NOR Gates
3.4 Exclusive OR & NOR Gates
Chapter 4: BOOLEAN ALGEBRA & CLO2 √ √ √ 16
LOGIC SIMPLIFICATION
4.1 Boolean Operations and
Expression
4.2 Laws and Rules of Boolean
Algebra
4.3 DE Morgan Theorems
4.4 Boolean Analysis of Logic Circuit
4.5 The K-Map
Chapter 5: COMBINATIONAL CLO3 √ √ √ 16
LOGIC CLO4
5.1 Function of Combinational Logic
5.2 Basic Combinational Logic
Circuits
5.3 Implementing Combinational
Logic
5.5 Adders
5.6 Decoders and Encoders
5.7 Multiplexers and De-multiplexers
Chapter 6: SEUQNTIAL LOGICS CLO3 √ √ √ 15
6.1 Flip-flops CLO4
6.2 Latches
6.3 Edge Triggered Flip-Flops
6.4 Master Slave Flip-Flops

186
 6.5 Application

Chapter 7: COUNTERS CLO4 √ √ 10

7.1 Synchronous Counters
7.2 Asynchronous Counters
7.3 Up/Down Counters
7.4 Design of Synchronous Counters
Chapter 8: SHIFT REGISTERS CLO4 √ √ 9
8.1 Basic of Shift Registers
8.2 Serial In Serial Out (SISO)
Registers
8.3 Serial In Parallel Out (SIPO)
8.4 Parallel In Serial Out (PISO)
8.5 Parallel In Parallel Out (PIPO)
Total 102
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage Total-50(%) F2F NF2F SLT
1 Test-I 10 √ 2
2 Test-II 10 √ 2
3 Quiz 5 √ 1
4 Assignment-I 10 √ 2
5 Project 15 √ 7
Total
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 √ 4
Grand Total SLT 120
12 Resource required 1 Software-Multisim
2 Computer Lab
th
13 Textbook 1 Digital Fundamental, 9 edition, Prentice Hall, T.L. Floyd ,2016

1 William J. Dally and R. Curtis Harting, Digital Design: A Systems Approach,

Cambridge University Press, 2012.
2 Randy H. Katz, Contemporary Logic Design, Benjamin-Cummings, 2014.

3 John F. Wakerly, Digital Design: Principles and Practices, 4th edition, Pearson
Prentice Hall, 2006.

187
 Instrumentation & Measurement Systems

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Instrumentation & Measurement
Course:
Course Code: EMEg4113
3 Synopsis: This course will introduce function, operation, and application of common
mechatronics engineering instruments, measurement principles, and statistical
analysis applicable for industrial instrumentation as used for troubleshooting,
process measurements and process control. Specifically, the course will discuss
measurement terminology, differentiating between analog and digital, describe the
instrumentation used for electronic and mechanical testing and develop the
principles of operation of transducers used for mechatronics system in industrial
environment process parameter measurement and control.
The course will deal with the basic knowledge, techniques and components for
transduction, conditioning and conversion of measurement signals. Thorough
knowledge of elementary measurements principles for selected physical process
variables.
The student will select and design simple measurement systems for a given
application, based on different physical measurement principles, error analysis,
signal conditioning, and data recording.
4 Name(s) of Tayachew Fikire
Academic Staff:
5 Semester / Year Semester: I Year: 4
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite Applied Electronics II
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Understand basic principles of instrumentation engineering

CLO2 Select appropriate sensors for specific mechatronics application
CLO3 Calibrate measurement systems for industrial use.
CLO4 Design measurement innovative measurement systems
CLO5 Design signal condition device
CLO6 Teamwork projects about the use of measurement systems in real industrial applications

188
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods
and Assessment:
Course Learning Outcomes Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Assessment
Teaching

Assignment

Lab-report
Methods

PLO10

PLO11
PLO12
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3
PLO4
PLO5
PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

Project
Quiz
Test
(CLO)

L T P O

CLO1 x x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x x x x
CLO3 x x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x x x x x x
CLO5 x x x x x x x
CLO6 x x
Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Total
Teaching and Learning Activities SLT-hrs
CLO Guided learning GL IL
10 (F2F) NF2F NF2F
Course Content Outline
L T P O
UNIT 1: Introduction of Measurement CLO 4 2 3 9
Systems 1-3
 Revision on Measuring Units
 Measurement Systems Standards
 Elements of a measurement system
 Measurement system applications
 Errors during the measurement
process
UNIT 2: Instrument Types And CLO 6 5 4 4 19
Characteristics 1-3
 Types of instrument: Active and
passive, Null-type and deflection-
type, Analogue and digital, Indicating
and recording
 Static characteristics of instruments;
Errors, Accuracy, Precession & Bias,
Sensitivity, Linearity, Threshold,
Resolution, Hysteresis & Dead

189
 Space, Range or span, Tolerance
 Dynamic Characteristics; Zero order,
First order and Second order
 Necessity for calibration

UNIT 3: Measurement of physical CLO1 6 12 4 4 26

Quantities -5
 Electrical Quantities; Measurement of
Resistance, Inductance, Capacitance,
Current ,Voltage, Energy and Power
 Mechanical Quantities Measurement
of Temperature, Pressure, Flow,
Level, Displacement, Torque, And
Shaft Power

UNIT 4: Sensors & Applications CLO1 6 4 3 4 17

 Basic definition of sensor/transducer ,3
 Types of energy
conversion/transformation
 Sensor performance measure
parameters
 Sensor technologies
 Sensor Applications
UNIT 5: Signal Conditioning Elements CLO1 6 5 3 4 18
 Sources of measurement noise ,2,3,9
 Techniques for reducing
measurement noise
 Deflection Bridges, Amplifiers ,
Attenuators, Oscillators , Filters,
Analog to Digital Convertor, Digital to
Analog Convertor
UNIT 6: Display, Recording And CLO1 4 4 2 3 13
Presentation ,2,3,4,
 Display of measurement signals 5
 Recording of measurement data
 Presentation of measurement data
Total 3 30 18 22 102
2

Assessment

190
 Continuous Assessment Percentage Total- F2F NF2F SLT
50(%)
1 Tests 20% 2 3 5
2 Project 15% 1 2 3
3 Assignments 15% 1 2 3
Total
Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F
(%)
Final Exam 50% 2.5 4.5 7
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face, GL=
Guided Learning, IL= Independent Learning Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item
9.
12 Resources 1 Workshop
required to deliver
the course
13 Text book Morris, Alan S. "Measurement and instrumentation principles." (2017):
Reference: 1. Bentley, John P. Principles of measurement systems. Pearson education,
2005.
2. Bhuyan, Manabendra. Intelligent Instrumentation: Principles and Applications.
CRC Press, 2010.
3. Northrop, Robert B. Introduction to instrumentation and measurements. CRC
press, 2015.
4. Purkait, Prithwiraj. Electrical and electronics measurements and
instrumentation. McGraw-Hill Education, 2013..
5. Cooper, William David, and Albert D. Helfrick. Electronic instrumentation and
measurement techniques. Prentice-Hall, 2012.

191
Modern Control Systems

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Mechatronics Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Modern Control Systems
Course:
Course EMEg4102
Code:
3 Synopsis: This course mainly provides students with the knowledge and skills required to
analyze the mathematical models of simple and complex physical systems. Students
will have the ability to find out the solutions and apply different controller design
algorithms to real-world problems.

4 Name(s) of Abera Mulatu

Academic
Staff:
5 Semester Semester: II Year: 4
and Year
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 4
7 Prerequisite DSP, Control systems
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Develop state space representation of physical system and perform different solution
methods to solve the state space equations
CLO2 Analyze systems stability, controllability and observability using MATLAB
CLO3 Design a controller based on some performance index
CLO4 Work collaboratively on a team to successfully complete a design project.
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching
Methods and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
Assignment
PLO10

PLO11
PLO12
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3
PLO4
PLO5
PLO6

PLO7
PLO8

PLO9

Lab-report

Methods
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 x x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x
CLO3 x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x
Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

192
 Teaching and Learning Total
Activities SLT-hrs
CLO Guided GL IL
Course Content Outline learning (F2F) (NF2 (NF
F) 2F)

L T P O
UNIT I : MATHEMATICAL MODEL OF CLO1,4 4 4 4 12
CONTROL SYSETM
10 Concepts of state, state-space
representation of systems, canonical
forms of state space representation,
transformation from state-space
representation to transfer function, Eigen
values and Eigen vectors.
UNIT II : STATE TRANSFORMATION CLO1,4 6 6 4 4 20
AND SOLUTION METHODS
Solutions of homogeneous and non-
homogenous state equations using
Laplace transform approach, Computation
of state transition matrix: inverse Laplace
transform approach, similarity
transformation approach and Caley
Hamilton theorem approach, state
transition equation
UNIT III : STABILITY, CLO2,4 6 6 2 2 16
CONTROLLABILITY AND
OBSERVABILITY
Asymptotic stability, BIBO stability, State
controllability, output controllability, state
Observability
UNIT IV : CONTROLLER DESIGN IN CLO3,4 6 6 4 4 20
STATE SPACE
Pole-placement design with state
feedback Pole placement for regulator and
servo system and controller design with
state observer, Controller design using
MATLAB, Introduction to analog
computations.

193
 UNIT V : INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL CLO1,2 6 6 4 4 20
CONTROL AND NON LINEAR SYSTEM ,4
Sampled Data Systems and Z-Transform:
Sampling Process; Linear Difference
Equations; Z-Transform; Discrete
Functions; Transfer Functions; Block
Diagrams System Response
Characteristics: Time Domain
Specifications; Mapping s-domain to z-
domain Discrete equivalence: Bilinear
Transformation; Zero-order-Hold; Pole-
zero matching, System Stability: Discrete
Controller Design and realization: Digital
Controllers discrete structure; PID
Controller and PID Implementation;
Introduction to non-linear system, state
space model of non-linear system

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 20% 1.5 2.5 4
2 Project 30% 1.5 8.5 10
Total 14
Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F
(%)
50 % 3 6 9
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face,
GL= Guided Learning, IL= Independent Learning Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s
numbering in item 9.
12 Resources 1 Workshop
required 3 Computer Lab
13 Text book [1] Richard C. Dorf, Robert H Bishop: Modern Control Systems (10th Edition),
Prentice Hall; 10 edition (April 8, 2014)

194
Reference: [2] Katsuhiko Ogata: Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall; 4 edition Nov
13, 2011.
[3] John J. D‟ Azzo and Houpis: Feedback Control system analysis and synthesis.
[4] I.J. Nagrath and Gopal: Control System Engineering by, 2012
[5] Digital Control of Dynamic Systems by Franklin, Powel, and Workman. 3rd
edition. Addison-Wesley Publisher,2011
[6] Digital Control Systems: Design, Identification, and Implementation by Landau
and Zito. Springer 2016

195
Industrial Automation and Process Control

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Industrial Automation & Process Control
Course:
Course EMEg4104
Code:
3 Synopsis: This course mainly provides students with the knowledge and skills required to analyze a
process in the industry. The students will have the ability to apply different controller types
and designing an automated system using PLC and SCADA.
4 Name(s) of Abera Mulatu
Academic
Staff:
5 Semester Semester: II Year: 4
and Year
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite Control Systems
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 List the basic components of process control loops and compare, evaluate different feedback
controllers performance using MATLAB
CLO2 Apply multi-loop control systems in process control problems
CLO3 Design an automated system using PLC, HMI and SCADA
CLO4 Work collaboratively on a team to successfully complete a design

9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods
and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
Assignment
PLO10

PLO11
PLO12
PLO1

PLO2
PLO3
PLO4
PLO5
PLO6
PLO7
PLO8

PLO9

Lab-report

Methods
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 x x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x
CLO3 x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x
11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

196
 Total
Teaching and Learning (SLT)
CLO Activities
Guided GL IL
Course Content Outline learning (F2F) (NF2 (NF
F) 2F)

L T P O
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO PROCESS CLO1 2 2 2 6
CONTROL
Definition of process control, Importance
of process control, Components of Control
Loops, Introduction to energy and mass
balance
UNIT II : FEEDBACK CONTROLLERS CLO1,2 9 10 4 5 28
On-Off Controller, Proportional, Integral,
Derivative (PID) characteristics, P&ID
Tuning:- process and control loop
response, Performance evaluation of
different controllers using MATLAB
UNIT III : MULTILOOP SYSTEMS CLO1,2 9 10 5 6 30
Cascade Control, Feed forward control,
Feed forward plus feedback control, Ratio
control, Selective control, Override
control, Time delay compensation,
MATLAB realization of multi loop system
UNIT IV : PLC AND HMI CLO3,4 9 12 5 5 31
Introduction to Relay control system,
Programmable Logic Control (PLC):- PLC
components, PLC Programming
Languages, PLC Digital Programming:-
Timers/Counters, Ladder Diagram (LAD)
Programming, Elements of Ladder
Diagram PLC Analog Programming:-
Conversion Operation, PLC Compare
Instruction PLC with Pneumatics and
Hydraulics system experiment
UNIT V : SCADA AND DCS CLO 3 2 2 7
Basics of SCADA system, Data 3,4
Acquisition, Elements of data acquisition
systems, SCADA System Components,

197
 Distributed Control System

Total 32 32 18 20 102

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage Total- F2F NF2F SLT
50(%)
1 Tests 10% 1 2 3
2 Project 40% 2 5 7

Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F Week 15,16

(%)
Final Exam 50% 3 5 8
Grand Total SLT 120
12 Special 1 Software
requirements & 2 Computer Lab
Resources
3 Industry Visit
th
13 Text book [1] Johnson Curtis, Prentice hall of India, 7 edition, Process Control
Reference: [2] Instrumentation Technology.
rd
[3] Bela G. Liptak, Chilton Book Company/ Radnor, 3 edition, Johnson Curtis,
th
Prentice hall of India, 7 edition, Process Control Instrumentation Technology.
[4] Stephanopoulos G, Prentice Hall of India, Chemical Process Control: An
Introduction to Theory and Practice.
[5] S. K. SINGH, Prentice hall of India, Computer Aided Process Control.
[6] Thomas E. Kissell : Industrial Electronics: Applications for Programmable
Controllers, Instrumentation and Process Control, and Electrical Machines and
Motor Controls, Prentice Hall; 3rd edition June 3, 2002.

198
 Electrical Machine

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Department: Electromechanical Engineering
2 Course Category Core Course Course Code: EMEg3104
Course Name Electrical Machine
3 Synopsis: In this course we discuss about: Principle of magnetics, Transformers, Induction
Machine, DC Machine and synchronous Machine
4 Name(s) of Academic Tekalign Tesfaye
Staff:
5 Semester and Year Semester: II Year: 3
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite/ Co- Fundamentals of Electrical Circuit
requisite: (if any)
Course Learning Outcome (CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:
8
Explain basic concepts of Magnetics, and construction, principles of operations, analytical models of
CLO1 transformers, three phase Induction, DC and Synchronous Machines
CLO2 Analyze power requirements, Efficiency, operating characteristics of three phase Induction and DC
Machines
Perform Testing of Transformers, Starting and speed control of three phase Induction and DC
CLO3 Machines
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:

Program Learning Outcomes (PO)

Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
Assignment
PO10

PO12
PO1

PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

Lab-report
Methods
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “√” on the appropriate relevant box
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings)
1 Group working skills
2 Mathematical modeling Skills
11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Activities Total

199
 CLO Guided learning Guided Independent (SLT)
Course Content Outline (F2F) Learning Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O
Chapter 1: Magnetics 6 7 3 16
1.1. Field properties CLO
1.2. Materials, saturation 1
1.3. Hysteresis
1.4. Magnetic circuits
1.5. Iron loses
1.6. Production of EMF and
Electromagnetic force-torque
Chapter 2: Transformers 8 12 4 24
2.1. Principle of action, Construction, CLO
Ideal & Practical Models 1
2.2. Parameter Testing, Voltage CLO
Regulation and Efficiency 3
2.3. 3-phase transformers,
Connection groups, In rush
current harmonics
2.4. Design Aspect
 Transformer winding
 Special transformers
Auto transformers,
Current transformer…
2.5. Ideal & practical models of
Transformers
2.6. Transformer Tests: Short
Circuit and Open Circuit tests
2.7. Three- phase transformers

200
Chapter 3: Three-Phase Induction 8 8 8 24
Machines:
3.1: Introduction, Construction CLO
and Principle of Operation 1
3.2: Synchronous Speed, Slip and
Revolving Field CLO
3.3: Equivalent circuit models 2
and Power Loss in an
Induction Motor
3.4: Thevenin‟s Theorem and
Torque-speed characteristics
3.5: Torque equation, efficiency, CLO
and Determine Parameter of 3
the equivalent circuit
3.6: Starting and Speed Control of 3
phase IM
Chapter 4: DC Machines 8 12 4 24
4.1: Introduction, Construction, CLO
Commutation and Armature reaction 1
4.2: Characteristics of DC generators CLO
and DC motors 2
4.3: Starting and Speed Control CLO
of DC motors 3
Chapter 5: Synchronous Machines 6 4 4
5.1: Introduction, Construction and CLO
Principles of operation of Synchronous 1
Machine
5.2: Motor operation of synchronous
machine
Total 102hrs
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Quiz 5 1hrs 1hrs 2hrs
2 Tests 20 1hrs 2hrs 3hrs
3 Lab-report 5 2hrs 1hrs 3hrs
4 Assignments 10 1hrs 1hrs 2hrs
5 Project 10 3hrs 1hrs 4hrs
Total 14hrs
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 1 3hrs 4hrs

200
 Grand Total SLT 120hrs
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non-Face to Face
Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item 9.

12 Special requirements 1 Workshop

and resources to deliver 2 Simulation Room
the course 3 Software
4 Choose an item.
5 Choose an item.

13 Text book and reference: 1 G. Mullisa: Introduction to Electrical Machines

2 J. Hindmarsh: Electrical Machines and their Applications

3 Kosow: Electric Machinery and Control, Prentice-Hall
4 Siskind: Electrical Machines, McGraw-Hill
5 B.L Theraja and A.K Theraja, Text book of electrical technology

202
Power Electronics & Drive

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Power Electronics & Drives
Course:
Course Code: EMEg4110
3 Synopsis: This course mainly provides students with the knowledge and skills required to
analyze various types of power electronics devices and their application to control
circuits. The students will have the ability to apply power electronics to design
motor drive circuits to implement feedback control mechanism.

4 Name(s) of Tekalign Tesfaye

Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: II Year: 4
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 4
7 Prerequisite Applied Electronics II
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Distinguish different power electronics devices & their properties

CLO2 Analyze and design any converters using the above devices
CLO3 Design AC and DC motor drives
CLO4 Work collaboratively on a team to successfully complete a design project.

9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching
Methods and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Assessment
Course Learning

Teaching
Assignment
PLO10

PLO11
PLO12
PLO1

PLO2
PLO3

PLO4

PLO5
PLO6
PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

Lab-report

Methods
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CL x x x x x
O1
CL x x x x x
O2
CL x x x x x
O3
CL x x x x
O4

203
 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Activities Total
(SLT)
CLO Guided learning GL IL
Course Content Outline (F2F) NF2F NF2F

L T P O
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO 6 6 5 5 22
POWER ELECTRONIC DEVICE CLO1
Power diode (D), Bipolar junction
10 transistor (BJT), Power MOSFETs,
Silicon controlled
Rectifier (SCR), Gate turn off (GTO),
Insulated gate bipolar transistor
(IGBT).
UNIT II : AC TO DC CONVERTER - CLO2 6 6 5 22
RECTIFIERS
Single phase half wave rectifiers,
Harmonics, Single phase full wave
rectifiers, Three phase bridge
rectifiers.
UNIT III : DC TO DC CONVERTER - CLO3 6 6 5 5 22
CHOPPER
Introduction to chopper, Step Down
(Buck) Converter , Generation of duty
Cycle , Step Up (Boost) Converter ,
Converter Classification
UNIT IV : DC TO AC CONVERTER - CLO4 6 6 5 5 22
INVERTER
Introduction to Dc to Ac Converter,
Single Phase Half Bridge Inverter
,Single Phase Full Bridge Inverter
Three Phase 120 degree Conduction
Mode Inverter ,Three Phase 180
degree Conduction Mode Inverter.
UNIT V : AC TO AC CONVERTER - 6 6 5 5 22
CYCLOCONVERTER
Introduction to Ac to Ac converter,
single phase cycloconverter, three
phase cycloconverters –applications
of cycloconverter.

204
 UNIT VI : INTRODUCTION TO 6 6 20
POWER ELECTRONIC DRIVES
PWM Generation, Introduction to AC
Drives for Ac motor Control, DC
Drives Controlling various types of Dc
Motor.
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Tests & Quiz 30% 2 hrs 7 hrs 9
2 Project 20% 2 hrs 11hrs 13
Total
Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F
(%)
3 hrs 12 hrs 15
Grand Total SLT 120
12 Resources 1 Workshop
required 3 Computer Lab
13 Text book [1] Bimal.K. Bose, “Power Electronics and Variable frequency drives”,2014
Reference: [2] Standard Publishers Distributors, New Delhi, 2000
[3] Murphy J.M.D, Turnbull, F.G, “Thyristor control of AC motor, Pergamon press,
Oxford, 1988
[4] M. H. Rashid, "Power Electronics - Circuits, Devices and Applications", P.H.I
Private Ltd. New Delhi, Second Edition, 1994
[5] N. Mohan et.al. "Power Electronics- Converters, Applications and Design", John
Wiley & Sons (Asia) Private Ltd., Singapore, 1996
[6] Bimal K Bose, “ Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives” PHI 6. R. Krishnan,
“Electric motor drives: modeling, analysis and control, Pearson

205
Hydraulics & Pneumatics

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Hydraulic & Pneumatic Systems
Course:
Course Code: EMEg5109
3 Synopsis: Basics of fluid power systems-power generators hydraulic pumps-hydraulic
actuators – control components- hydraulic circuits- working principles of
pneumatic power system- trouble shooting-design of hydraulic circuits

1. Applying the working principles of fluid power systems and hydraulic pumps.
2. Applying the working principles of hydraulic actuators and control components.
3. Designing and develop hydraulic circuits and systems.
4. Applying the working principles of pneumatic power system and its
components.
5. Solving problems and troubles in fluid power systems.

4 Name(s) of TBA
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: I Year: 5
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite Fluid Mechanics
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Apply the working principles of fluid power systems and hydraulic pumps
CLO2 Applying the working principles of hydraulic actuators and control components
CLO3 Designing and develop hydraulic circuits and systems.
CLO4 Applying the working principles of pneumatic power system and its components.
CLO5 Solving problems and troubles in fluid power systems.
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching
Methods and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
Assignment
PLO10

PLO11
PLO12
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3

PLO4
PLO5

PLO6
PLO7
PLO8

PLO9

Lab-report

Methods
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 x x x x x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x x x x

206
 CLO3 x x x x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x x x x x
CLO5 x x x x x x x

Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Total
Teaching and Learning (SLT)
CLO Activities
10 Guided GL IL
Course Content Outline learning (F2F) NF2F NF2F

L T P O
1. Fluid Power Principles and CLO 6 5 4 5 20
Hydraulic Pumps: 1-3
1.1. Introduction to Fluid power
1.2. Advantages and Applications
1.3. Fluid power systems – Types of
fluids - Properties of fluids and
selection
1.4. Basics of Hydraulics – Pascal‟s
Law – Principles of flow -
Friction loss
1.5. Work, Power and Torque-
Problems,
1.6. Sources of Hydraulic power :
Pumping Theory-– Pump
Classification –
Construction, Working, Design,
Advantages, Disadvantages,
Performance, Selection criteria
of pumps
1.7. Fixed and Variable displacement
pumps – Problems

2. Hydraulic Actuators and Control CLO 6 5 4 5 20

Components: 1-3
2.1. Hydraulic Actuators:
Cylinders – Types and
construction, Application,
Hydraulic cushioning
2.2. Rotary actuators-Hydraulic

207
 motors
2.3. Control Components :
Direction Control, Flow
control and pressure control
valves – Types, Construction
Operation Accessories
2.4. Reservoirs, Pressure
Switches – Filters –types and
selection-
2.5. Applications – Fluid Power
ANSI Symbols – Problems.

3. Hydraulic Circuits and Systems: CLO 6 5 4 5 20

3.1. Accumulators, Intensifiers, 1-3
Industrial hydraulic circuits
3.2. Regenerative, Pump
Unloading, Double-Pump,
Pressure Intensifier, Air-over
oil, Sequence, Reciprocation,
Synchronization, Fail-Safe,
Speed Control, Deceleration
circuits ,Sizing of hydraulic
systems, Hydrostatic
transmission, Electro
hydraulic circuits
3.3. Servo and Proportional
valves
3.4. Applications- Mechanical,
hydraulic servo systems.

4. Pneumatic and Electro Pneumatic CLO 6 5 4 5 20

Systems: 1,2,4
4.1. Properties of air –Air
preparation and distribution –
Filters, Regulator, Lubricator,
Muffler
4.2. Air control Valves, Quick
Exhaust Valves, Pneumatic
actuators
4.3. Design of Pneumatic circuit
–classification- single
cylinder and multi cylinder

208
 circuits-Cascade method –
Integration of fringe circuits
4.4. Electro Pneumatic System –
Elements – Ladder diagram –
timer circuits-Problems,
Introduction to fluidics and
pneumatic logic circuits
5. Trouble Shooting and CLO 6 5 4 5 20
Applications: 1-3
5.1. Installation, Selection,
Maintenance, Trouble
Shooting and Remedies in
Hydraulic and Pneumatic
systems,
5.2. Conditioning of hydraulic
fluids Design of hydraulic
circuits for Drilling, Planning,
Shaping, Surface grinding,
Press and Forklift
applications.
5.3. Design of Pneumatic circuits
for metal working, handling,
clamping counter and timer
circuits.
5.4. Low cost Automation –
Hydraulic and Pneumatic
power packs.

Total 3 2 20 25 100
0 5
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Quiz 5% 0.5 1.5 2
2 Tests 25% 2 3 5
3 Assignments 20% 1 2 3

Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F Week 15,16

(%)
Final Exam 50% 3 5 8

209
 Grand Total SLT 120hrs
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face,
GL= Guided Learning, IL= Independent Learning Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s
numbering in item 9.
11 Resources 1 Workshop
required
12 Text book 1. Anthony Esposito, “Fluid Power with Applications”, Prentice Hall, 2015.
Reference: 2. James A. Sullivan, “Fluid Power Theory and Applications”, Fourth
Edition, Prentice Hall, 1997
3. Jagadeesha. T., “Pneumatics Concepts, Design and Applications “,
Universities Press, 2015.
4. Joshi.P., Pneumatic Control”, Wiley India, 2008.
5. Majumdar, S.R., “Oil Hydraulics Systems – Principles and
Maintenance”,TataMcGraw Hill, 2001.
6. Shanmugasundaram.K., “Hydraulic and Pneumatic Controls”. Chand &
Co, 2006.

210
 Industrial Internship

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Industrial Internship
Course:
Course EMEg4111
Code:
3 Synopsis: The purpose of Industrial internship training is to expose students to real work of
environment experience and at the same time, to gain the knowledge through hands on
observation and job execution. From the industrial training, the students will also develop
skills in work ethics, communication, management and others. Moreover, the practical
training program allows students to relate theoretical knowledge with its application in
manufacturing industry.
4 Name(s) of Tayachew Fikire
Academic
Staff:
5 Semester Semester: Summer Year: 4
and Year
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 6
7 Prerequisite All Core Courses
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the internship the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Develop skills in the application of theory to practical work situations

CLO2 Develop creativity skills and techniques directly applicable to their careers.
CLO3 Gain knowledge in writing report in technical works/Projects.
CLO4 Develop good moral values such as sense of responsibility ,ethics, commitment work habits and
trustworthy.
CLO5 Build a good communication skill with group of workers and learn proper behaviors of corporate
life in industrial sector.
Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching
Methods and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

9 Teaching
Assignment
PLO10

PLO11
PLO12
PLO1
PLO2

PLO3
PLO4

PLO5
PLO6

PLO7

PLO8
PLO9

Lab-report

Methods
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 x x x x x x x x
CLO2 x x x x x x x x

211
CLO3 x x x x x x x x
CLO4 x x x x x x x x
CLO5 x x x x x x x x
Assessment
Internship project report & Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
presentation Total-100(%)
1 Project 30% 40 60 100
2 Mid –progress presentation 20% 2 36 70
2 Final - Presentation 50% 2 60 70
Grand Total SLT 240

212
Design of Mechatronic Systems

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Design of Mechatronic Systems
Course:
Course EMEg5101
Code:
3 Synopsis: The course provides the student with general overview of Mechatronic systems, their main
components, actuator & transducer selection, development of control system algorithms,
selection of physical controllers, and the design procedure for Mechatronic systems.
It mainly allows students to integrate their knowledge of measurement systems, control,
electronics, programming and mechanics into designing comprehensive Mechatronic
systems.
The students will have the ability to apply unified/integrated design approach to real-world
problems of Mechatronic system design and synthesis.
The course also aims students to provide practical assignments and the project work to
prepare students for the final year graduation project, by enhancing planning and team
work skills as well as practical project work and the building of prototypes
4 Name(s) of Tayachew Fikire
Academic
Staff:
5 Semester Semester: I Year: 5
and Year
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 4
7 Prerequisite Instrumentation measurement systems , Control systems, Modern control , Applied
Electronics I , Embedded systems
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Synthesize the knowledge and skills gained from measurement systems, control, electronics,
programming and mechanics within the design of a realistic multidisciplinary mechatronic project.
CLO2 Analyze dynamic behaviors & performances of mechatronic components through modeling &
simulation using computer-aided tools/software.
CLO3 Design & create mechatronic systems/products for specific application.
CLO4 Translate a broad range of customer needs (performance, manufacturing, economic, marketing),
into technical engineering specification and incorporate customer needs in the design &
integration of mechatronic components.
CLO5 Work collaboratively on a team to successfully complete a design project and develop
presentation, report writing and problem solving skills.
CLO6 Evaluate and compare diverse methods of engineering design & their usage in mechatronic

213
 product design.

Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods
and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)

9 Assessment

PLO10

PLO11
PLO12
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3

PLO4
PLO5

PLO6

PLO7
PLO8

PLO9
Teaching
Methods

Lab-report
Assignme
Project
Quiz
Test
L T P O

CLO1 x x x x
CLO2 x x x x
CLO3 x x x x
CLO4 x x x x
CLO5 x x x x x
CLO6 x x x
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings))
1 Multi-domain systems integration skills
11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Activities Total
(SLT)
CLO

Course Content Outline

Guided learning GL IL
(F2F) (NF2F NF2F
)

L T P O
1. Introduction to Mechatronic CLO1 3 2 3 8
systems:
a. Overview of mechatronic
systems; Real world
applications (in industry, space,

214
 medicine, home appliances and
automotive.)

2. Actuators & Sensors for CLO1 7 6 3 4 20

Mechatronic Systems
2.1 Actuators: revision and selection
,different actuator
types(Electrical , hydraulic
pneumatic and smart material
actuators ) for mechatronic
applications
2.2 Actuator selection criteria
(Positioning accuracy, power &
torque requirements, Speed
range)
2.3 Sensors and transducers:
revision and selection among
different sensor types
2.4 Sensor selection based on static
and dynamic characteristics
(range, sensitivity, accuracy,
precision, linearity, resolution,
and frequency response).

3 Control Systems : overview and CLO1 7 8 3 4 22

selection of physical controllers and
control algorithms
3.1 Selection of Physical controllers
(Programmable logic controllers,
Microcontrollers, Digital signal
processors (DSP))
3.2 Selection of control
algorithms(PID controllers,
Intelligent control (fuzzy or
neural controllers))

4 Interconnection & interfacing: 7 6 4 5 22

review of drive circuits &
conditioning circuits
4.1 Interfacing (Conditioning &
Drive circuits)
4.1.1 Input signal conditioning

215
 circuits (Voltage level
matching, attenuator &
amplifier(OpAmp), opto-
isolators)-circuits b/n the
sensor & controller
4.1.2 Drive circuits(Relay type,
transistor type, Triac type)-
circuits b/n the controller &
actuator
4.1.3 The use of contactors and
relays in switching loads,
4.1.4 Transistor as a switch or a
current amplifier
4.1.5 Drivers and H-bridges

5 Mechatronic System Design C LO 16 20 10 12 58

5.1 Engineering design 2,3,4,
approaches(Conventional & 6
Mechatronic
5.2 Quality function deployment
(QFD)
5.3 Conceptual design
5.4 Mechanical, software,
electronics, and interface
design
5.4.1 Design of mechanical
frame/machine-using CAD
tools
5.4.2 Interface design (design of
drive & conditioning circuits)
5.4.3 Design of software /control
algorithm
5.5 System Modeling &
simulation
5.5.1 Dynamic modeling of rigid
mechanical systems
(Lagrange & Newton-Euler
approach)
5.5.2 Modeling of electrical
systems (capacitor,
inductor, resistors, and
analog electronic devices)

216
 5.5.3 Modeling of multi-domain
systems
(Electromechanical, fluid –
mechanical and Electro-
hydraulic systems)
5.5.4 Modeling using system
identification technique
5.6 Simulation
5.6.1 Mechanical simulation -
kinematic & dynamic
analysis –using solid works
, Pro Engineer Maple or
other tools
5.6.2 Electronic simulation –
using protus or other tools -
to test circuit functionality
and compatibility
5.6.3 System simulation : to test
the whole system‟s
response(Time & frequency
response) for different
inputs(standard test inputs,
step, ramp, impulse,
Sinusoidal input )
5.7 Prototyping and testing

6 Design project & case studies CLO5 1 2 4 4 11

Total 41 42 26 32 141

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage Total-50(%) F2F NF2F SLT

1 Tests 10% 1 2 3
2 Project 40% 1 7 8
Total
Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F SLT
(%)
Final Exam 50% 3 5 8
Grand Total SLT 160hrs

217
12 Resources
1 Software
required to
deliver the
2 Computer Lab
course

3 Industry Visit

13 Text book [1]Robert H. Bishop (2017) THE MECHATRONICS HANDBOOK, The University of Texas
at Austin, Texas: CRC PRESS.
[2] Devdas Shetty,Richard A. Kolk (2002) MECHATRONICS SYSTEM DESIGN,
SECOND EDITION, edn., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania:
[3] Klaus Janschek (2011) MECHATRONICS SYSTEM DESIGN, Iowa City, Iowa
USA: Springer.
[4] Musa Jouaneh (n.d.) Fundamentals of Mechatronics, University of Rhode Island:
[5] David Bradley · David W. Russell (n.d.) Mechatronics in Action , United Kingdom :
Springer-Verlag London Limited 2010.

218
 Embedded Systems

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Embedded Systems
Course:
Course Code: EMEg 5105
3 Synopsis: This course mainly provides students with the knowledge and skills required to
prototype any Industrial automation systems using microcontrollers. The students
will master the techniques to interface different peripherals with microcontrollers and
use various communication interfaces to build control automation systems from
remote location.

4 Name(s) of Tayachew Fikire

Academic
Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: I Year: 5
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite Applied Electronics II
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Critically analyze the design metrics required for Embedded systems product design
CLO2 Understand the architecture and use of the building blocks of Embedded systems
CLO3 Interface on-chip and COTS peripherals to microcontrollers for Industrial applications
CLO4 Work collaboratively on a team to successfully complete a design project.
CLO5 Build Internet of Things application
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching
Methods and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Teaching
Methods
L T P O

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √ √

219
 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Teaching and Learning Total

Activities (SLT)[hrs
CL ]
Course Content Outline O Guided GL IL
learning (F2F) NF2F NF2F

L T P O
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED 1 4 2 2 8
10
SYSTEMS
Overview of embedded systems, embedded
system design process, challenges - common
design metrics and optimizing the system.
UNIT II : PIC MICROCONTROLLER 2 6 6 2 2 16
Architecture - Instruction set - Addressing
modes - Timers - Interrupt logic - CCP modules
– ADC, EEPROM, Low power features.
UNIT III : MICRO CONTROLLER 3 9 9 2 2 20
PROGRAMMING & APPLICATIONS
PIC Programming in C, I/O programming,
Timers Programming, Serial Port
Programming, Interrupt Programming, LCD
and Keypad Interface, External EEPROM and
I2C, SPI, CAN, USB , ADC and DAC, Sensor
and other interfacing, CCP and ECCP
Programming, Capture Mode Programming
and Pulse Width Measurement, C# RS232
Interface Programming, using Digital
Oscilloscope, spectral Analyzer, and
multimeter in CCS tools
UNIT IV: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN BY 4 6 9 2 2 18
HDLs
Introduction to Verilog HDL, Different styles of
coding combinational and sequential circuits.
State machine implementation, FSM design
using HDLs
UNIT IV : PROTYPE DESIGN 5 12 2 2 18
PID control design for HVAC, CNC machine,
Washing machine, Elevator, Traffic Light
control, Weather station, Electronic weigh
bridge, Case study

220
 UNIT V : INTERNET OF THINGS
Developing IoT application using ESP/Arduino
with Bluetooth, WiFi, GPRS, LoRa, MQTT and
cloud connectivity.

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Tests 20% 2hrs 6hrs 8hrs
2 Project 20% 1hr 8hrs 16hrs
3 Lab-report 10% 1 hr 3 hrs 9hrs
Total 33 hrs
Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F
(%)
3 hrs 10hrs 13
Grand Total SLT 120 hrs
12 Resources 1 Workshop
required 2 Software
3 Computer Lab
13 Text book [1] Rajkamal, „Embedded System – Architecture, Programming, Design‟, Tata Mc
Graw Hill, 2011.

14 Reference 1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Rolin D. McKinlay, and Danny Causey, “The PIC
Microcontroller and Embedded systems – Using Assembly and C for PIC18”,
Prentice Hall, 2007.
2. Robert Faludi,” Building wireless Sensor Networks”, O‟Reilly, 2011.
3. Marco Schwartz,”Internet of things with ESP8266”, PACKT publishing, 2016.
4. John B. Peatman, “Design with PIC Microcontrollers” Prentice Hall, 2003.

221
 Virtual Instrumentation

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

College: Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Name of Course: Instrumentation & Measurement
Course Code: EMEg 5103
Synopsis: This course mainly provides students with the knowledge and programming skills required
to interface instruments and acquire the data from sensors in Industrial mechatronic
systems. The students will master the art of Visual and virtual instrumentation techniques.

Name(s) of Tayachew Fikire

Academic Staff:

Semester and Semester: I Year: 5

Year offered:
Credit Hour: 3
Prerequisite Instrumentation & Measurement
Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Understand concepts of virtual instrumentation and graphical programming environment

CLO2 Master the art of Virtual Instrument programming techniques
CLO3 Acquire the data from various field devices and use it for automation in VI environment
CLO4 Use the various interfaces with respect to Instrumentation
CLO5 Use the analysis tools in spatial and temporal domains

Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
Quiz

Lab-
PLO10

PLO11
PLO12

Test

Assi

Proj
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3
PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

Methods
L T P O

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO6 √ √ √ √ √
Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Total
Teaching and Learning Activities (SLT)

222
 CLO Guided learning GL IL
(F2F) NF2F NF2F
Course Content Outline
L T P O
UNIT I: REVIEW OF VIRTUAL 1,2,3 5 4 4 5 18
INSTRUMENTATION
Historical perspectives, advantages, block
diagram and architecture of a virtual
instrument, data –flow techniques, graphical
programming in data flow, comparison with
conventional programming.
UNIT II: VI PROGRAMMING TECHNIQUES 1,2,3 6 5 4 5 20
VIS and sub-VIS loops and charts, arrays,
clusters and graphs, case and sequence
structures, formula nodes, local and global
variables, string and file I/O.
1,5 5 6 4 5 20
UNIT III: DATA ACQUISTION BASICS
AOC.OAC. 010. Counters & timers. PC
Hardware structure, timing. Interrupts OMA,
software and hardware installation.
UNIT IV: COMMON INSTRUMENT 1,3 8 7 5 6 26
INTERFACES
Current loop, RS.232C/RS.485, GPIB,
System buses, interface buses: USB,
PCMCIA, VXI, SCXI, PXI, etc., networking
basics for office &.Industrial applications,
Visa and IVI, image acquisition and
processing. Motion control, Using myRIO.
UNIT V: USE OF ANALYSIS TOOLS 1,2,3,9 6 6 3 4 19
Fourier transforms, power spectrum &10
correlation methods, windowing & filtering, VI
application in various fields and case study.

Total 30 28 20 25 103

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage Total- F2F NF2F SLT
50(%)
1 Tests 10% 1 2 3
2 Lab-report 10% 2 2
3 Project 30% 1 4 5

223
Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F
Final Exam 50% 2.5 4.5 7
Grand Total SLT 120
Resources 1 Software
required to deliver
the course
2 Computer Lab

224
 Introduction to Robotics

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Introduction to Robotics
Course:
Course Code: EMEg5107
3 Synopsis: This course mainly provides students with the knowledge and skills required to analyze
different robot functions. The students will have the ability to Use robot for industrial
product effectiveness and simplification of human burden.
4 Name(s) of Tayachew Fikire
Academic
Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: I Year: 5
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite Control Systems
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Identify robot parts and selects motor types

CLO2 Analyze different drives and various sensors for robot
CLO3 Examine kinematics , dynamics methods and test them in MATLAB
CLO4 Design , construct and assemble robot for real life application
CLO5 Work collaboratively on a team to successfully complete a design project.

Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods
and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Learning
Course

9
Assessment
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1
PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

Teaching Methods
Assignme
Project
Lab-
Quiz
Test

L T P O

CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √

225
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √

Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Total
Teaching and Learning (SLT)
CLO Activities
Guided GL IL
Course Content Outline learning (NF2F (NF2F)
(F2F) )

L T P O
UNIT I : Fundamentals of Robot 1,2,3 4 2 3 9
Introduction to Robots, Robot anatomy - Robot
Parts and their functions, Work Envelop, Co-
ordinate system - Pitch, Yaw , Roll, Joint
Notations, Speed of Motion ,Pay Load.
UNIT II : Robot Drive Systems and End 1-3 6 4 3 4 17
Effectors
Introduction to drives , Electrical drives - D.C
motors - D.C servo motors - Steppers motors -
A.C servo motors , Salient features , application
and comparison of drives , End effectors and
grippers - Selection and Design Considerations of
Gripers - Two Fingered and Three Fingered
Grippers - Internal Grippers and External Grippers
1,5 6 4 2 3 15
UNIT III : Sensor and Machine Vision
Requirements of a sensor , Principles and
Applications of the following types of sensors
Position of sensors - Range sensors - Range
finders - Proximity sensors - Touch sensors -
Wrist sensors ,Signal Conversion, Image Storage
and Lighting Techniques , Applications.
UNIT IV : Robot Kinematics 1,3, 9 7 4 5 25
Forward Kinematics, Inverse kinematics and
differences, Jacobian and singularity configuration,
Differential kinematics velocity and acceleration,
DH Matrix – derivation and problems, Kinematic

226
 simulation of a robot using MATLAB and Maple

UNIT V : Robot dynamics and control 1,2,3 6 6 4 5 21

Motion control, Kinematic control - Trajectory
generation, Dynamics control, Speed control,
Torque control.
UNIT VI : Mechanisms of mobile Robot 6 4 2 3 15
Legged mobile robots, Wheeled mobile robots,
kinematics of mobile robots, mobile manipulator.
Total 37 25 17 23 102

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage Total- F2F NF2F SLT
50(%)
1 Tests 10% 1 2 3
2 Project 40% 2 5 7

Final Exam Percentage 50 (%) F2F NF2F

Final Exam 50% 3 5 8
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face, GL=
Guided Learning, IL= Independent Learning Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in item
12 Resources 1 Computer Lab
required to deliver
the course
2 Industry Visit
13 Text book and [1] Craig, John (2012). „Introduction to Robotics‟, Second Edition. Addison- Wesley
Publication.

14 Reference: 1. Mittal R. K., Nagrath I. J., (2003) „Robotics and Control’ Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, pp 451-460.
2. Mikell P. Groover, Mitchell Weiss, Roger N. Nagel, Nicholas G. Odrey., „Industrial
Robotics‟ McGraw-Hill International Editions

227
Manufacturing Processes and Automation

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Manufacturing Processes & Automation
Course:
Course Code: EMEg4106
3 Synopsis: This course provides the students an insight into different manufacturing
processes used in the industry. It will provide the student with an introduction to
the concepts and technologies of the principal manufacturing processes utilized by
industry. Discussion subjects include the manufacturing system and its operating
principles, casting, forming, material removal, welding, and advanced
manufacturing processes. In addition basic manufacturing automation concepts
like, CNC Programming, Machining Codes, and Computer Assisted Programming.
4 Name(s) of Tolina Tabo
Academic
Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: II Year: 4
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite Mechanical Workshop Practice
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Synthesize the knowledge and skills gained from several manufacturing techniques &
manufacturing automations into actual fabrication Engineering Products.
CLO2 Fabricate components using CNC machines (i.e. CNC lathe, CNC milling) by developing a
corresponding Machine God (G-code) that governs & automates the entire fabrication
process.
CLO3 Design and implementation of various Machines G-code in a range of real-world
manufacturing applications.
CLO4 Work collaboratively on a team to successfully complete a course project and develop
presentation, report writing and problem solving skills.
CLO5 Investigate real world manufacturing problems & develop cost effective manufacturing
solutions for each problem.
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching
Methods and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Learning

PLO10
PLO11
PLO12
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3
PLO4

PLO5
PLO6
PLO7

PLO8

PLO9
Course

Teaching
Quiz

repo
Lab-
Test

Assi

Proj

Methods

204
 L T P O

CLO1 √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings))
1 Computer assisted manufacturing skills
2 CNC machine programming and operating skills

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Total
CLO Teaching and Learning Activities (SLT)
Course Content Outline Guided learning GL IL
(F2F) NF2F NF2F

L T P O
1. Manufacturing processes 1 18 1 9 9 51
5
1.1. Modern Casting
1.2. Bulk deformation (forging,
rolling, drawing, extrusion)
1.3. Conventional machining
1.3.1. Turning, & milling
1.3.2. Tool geometry,
chips formation &
material removal rate
1.4. Nonconventional machining
1.4.1. Electrical Discharge
machining ( EDM0)
1.4.2. Electrochemical
machining( ECM)
1.4.3. water jet machining,
1.4.4. Laser beam
Machining (LBM)
1.5. Welding processes
1.5.1. Arch welding, MIG
welding & TIG
welding

205
 1.5.2. Electron-Beam
welding
1.6. Rapid Prototyping Methods
1.6.1. 3D printing
1.6.2. Embedded 3D
printing
1.6.3. Surface Deposition

2. Manufacturing Automation 1 12 1 6 7 35
2.1. Advent of computer 0
Numerical Control & Impact
of Computer Technology in
manufacturing
2.2. Computer Numerical Control
(CNC) Machining
Requirements
2.3. Building blocks of CNC
2.4. CNC Programming
2.5. Machining Codes (G-code &
M-code)
2.6. Computer Assisted
Programming, CAD/CAM.

3. Case study & Projects 1,2,3 3 5 4 5 17

Total 33 3 19 21 103
0
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage F2F NF2F SLT
Total-50(%)
1 Lab-report 20% 3 3
2 Project 30% 2 5 7
Total
Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F SLT
(%)
Final Exam 50% 2.5 4.5 7
Grand Total SLT 120hrs
12 Special 1 Industry Visit
requirements & 2 Software
Resources to 3 Simulation Room
deliver the 4 Workshop

206
 course
13 Text book : 1. Kumar, Kaushik, Divya Zindani, and J. Paulo Davim. "Rapid Prototyping, Rapid
Tooling and Reverse Engineering: From Biological Models to 3D Bio-
Printers." Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling and Reverse Engineering. De Gruyter,
2020.
14 Reference 1. Campbell, I., et al. Wohlers report 2018: 3D printing and additive manufacturing
state of the industry: annual worldwide progress report. Wohlers Associates, 2018.
2. Berlin, R. L., Bloszinsky, C. A., Bruner, W. E., Fitzpatrick, F. L., Hein, J. E.,
Johnson, D. R., ... & Natarajan, B. (1999). U.S. Patent No. 6,006,199.
Washington, DC: U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.
3. Serope Kalpakjian, Steven R. Schmid, Manufacturing Processes for
Engineering Materials, 5th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2007.

207
 Introduction to Computer Vision

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Introduction to Computer Vision
Course:
Course Code: EMEg5106
3 Synopsis: This course mainly provides students with the knowledge and skills required to analyze
digital images and video to extract vital information buried in them. The students will
have the ability to apply theories and algorithms for real life applications such as face
recognition, video surveillance and visual traffic management.

4 Name(s) of Tayachew Fikire

Academic
Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: II Year: 5
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite Digital Signal Processing
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Identify and extract the information inside image and video
CLO2 Analyze and understand computer vision algorithm
CLO3 Implement computer vision for real life application
CLO4 Work collaboratively on a team to successfully complete a design project.

9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching
Methods and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching
Assignment
PLO10

PLO11
PLO12
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3
PLO4
PLO5

PLO6
PLO7
PLO8
PLO9

Lab-report

Methods
Project

L T P O
Quiz
Test

CLO1 √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √

208
 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Total
Teaching and Learning (SLT)
11
CLO Activities
Guided GL IL
Course Content Outline learning (F2F) (NF2 NF2F
F

L T P O
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO 4 4 2 2 12
COMPUTER VISION 1,2,3
Define computer vision, Digital image –
image representation , video – some
feature, image and video acquisition
devices, image handling and format
types, color perception – color spaces,
RGB color space filter
UNIT II : IMAGE ANALYSIS AND 1,2,3 6 7 4 5
FEATURE EXTRACTION 22
Relevant features, Histogram of an
Image, Edge extraction – implementation
of Sobel, Robert and Prewitt operator,
image convolution, Binary Morphology
operator, image conversion, Limitation of
2D images
UNIT III : VIDEO ANALYSIS 1,5 5 6 3 4 18
Frames - resolution of video,
Background subtraction, Frame
differencing, object detection, Motion
tracking
UNIT IV : CAMERA GEOMETRY 1,3 5 6 4 5 20
Camera Model, Camera calibration,
coordinate transformation – from world
to camera - camera to image and vice
versa, image normalization – correlation,
Binocular camera.

209
 UNIT V : FACE RECOGNITION 1,2,3 5 6 3 4 18
ALGORITHM
Face detection, Face recognition
algorithm – Viola Jones Algorithm, face
recognition algorithm in Open CV.
UNIT VI : APPLICATION OF 2,3 5 4 2 2 13
COMPUTER VISION
Car counting, Traffic congestion
management using video analysis, Video
Surveillance.
Total 3 33 18 22 103
0

Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage Total- F2F NF2F SLT
50(%)
1 Tests 10% 1 2 3
2 Project 40% 2 5 7
Total
Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F
(%)
Final Exam 50% 2.5 4.5 7
Grand Total SLT 120
L = Lecture, T = Tutorial, P = Practical, O = Others, F2F = Face to Face, NF2F = Non Face to Face, GL=
Guided Learning, IL= Independent Learning Note: indicates the CLO based on the CLO‟s numbering in
item 9.
12 Resources 1 Computer Lab
2 Industry Visit
13 Text book [1] D. Forsyth and J. Ponce, Computer Vision: A Modern Approach -Prentice
Hall,2017
Reference: [2] R. Hartley and A. Zisserman, Multiple View Geometry – Cambridge Univ. Press
[3] M. Tekalp, Digital Video Processing – Prentice Hall
[4] A. Bovik, The essential guide to Video Processing – Elsevier Academic Press

210
Integrated Engineering Team Project

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Course category Core course
Name of Course: Integrated Engineering team Project
Course Code: IETP4115

3 Synopsis: To expose the students to complex engineering problems by way of designing

an engineering product/process/system/solution within such constraints as
sustainability, cost-effectiveness, safety and environmental impact; to enhance
students‟ skill in project management.
4 Name(s) of Bereket Walle
Academic Staff:
5 Semester and Semester: I Year: 5
Year offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Apply quantitative methods and computer software relevant to related engineering
disciplines to solve engineering problems
CLO2 Develop innovative solutions to solve engineering problems with appropriate
consideration of society and environment
CLO3 Demonstrate project management and team working skills in developing solutions in
engineering problems
CLO4 Demonstrate understanding of the importance of sustainability and cost-effectiveness in
solving engineering problems and their impacts in society and environment
CLO5 Demonstrate the ability to effectively present ideas and solutions in the context of written,
oral, and electronic media.
CLO6 An ability to work in team make up from different engineering disciplines.
Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching
Methods and Assessment
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Learning

PLO10

PLO11
PLO12
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3
PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9
Course

Teaching
Pres

Lab-
Gen

Rep
Proj

Methods

211
 L T P O
9

CLO1 √ √ √
CLO2 √ √
CLO3 √
CLO4 √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √
CLO6 √ √ √ √ √
10 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning (SLT)
CLO Activities
Guided GL IL
learning (NF2 (NF2F
Course Content Outline (F2F) F )
L T P O
UNIT I : SUBJECT OVERVIEW, 2,3,6 4 15 19
PROJECT PROPOSAL AND
TECHNICAL REPORT WRITING
Students shall be grouped into project
team. Each team is required to write a
project proposal and present it to a team
of supervising lectures for approval. The
proposed project shall contain elements
of complex engineering problems. The
proposal shall include the problem
statement, solution methodology, design
methodology and the expected outcome.
The project outcome may be the blueprint
or simulation of an engineering product,
process, or system
UNIT II : SUPERVISION 1,3,6 4 16 20
METHODOLOGY
Students are required to carry out the
projects regularly, under the supervision
of the team supervisors. Students shall
be assessed based on various aspects,
such as problem understanding and

212
solution capability, technical capability,
individual effort, participation in
teamwork, project management,
milestone achievement, presentation and
report writing, innovativeness and attitude

3,5,6 4 16 20
UNIT III : DESIGN PROCESS STAGES
The proposed project shall cover the
following design stages: project definition,
specification definition, conceptual
design, and product/process/system
design

UNIT IV: PRESENTATION AND 5,6 4 16 20

SUBMISSION OF FINAL REPORT
Each team is to submit a full report by the
end of the course and make final
presentation, accompanied by a
demonstration in the form of a blueprint
or software simulation
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Total-100(%) F2F NF2F SLT

1 General assessment 10% 1 5 6

2 Project milestone 40% 4 10 14
3 presentation 20% 1 5 6
4 Report 30% 4 10 14
Grand Total SLT 120hrs

213
Industrial Management & Engineering Economy

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Department: Electromechanical Engineering
2
Cours Industrial Management and Engineering Economy
e
Name
Cours EMEg5102
e
Code:
3 Synop Basic management concepts and industrial organization; Work environment; Plant design;
sis: Materials management; Forecasting techniques; Basics of accounting principles; Project
management; Financial evaluation.
4 Name Ephrem Gidey(PhD)
(s) of
Acade
mic
Staff:
5 Seme Semester: II Year: 5
ster
and
Year
offere
d:
6 Credit 3
Hour:
7 Prere
quisit
e/ Co-
requis
ite: (if
any)
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:
CLO Explain the Industrial management and organization
1
CLO Interpret the principle of operation of Industrial plant design and Effective material management
2
CLO Interpret the principle of operation of Management and resource allocation
3

214
 CLO Explain the principles of Engineering economy
4
9 Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)

Assessment
Teaching
Methods

PO10

PO11

PO12
PO1
PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9
L T P O

Presentation
Assignment
Seminar
Quiz
Test
CL √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
O
1
CL √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
O
2
CL √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
O
3
CL √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
O
4
Indicate the relevancy between the CLO and PO by ticking “x” on the appropriate relevant box
11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Teaching and Learning Activities Total
CLO Guided learning (F2F) Guided Independen (SLT)
Course Content Outline Learning t Learning
(NF2F) (NF2F)
L T P O
Chapter 1: Basic 1 9 - - 5 14 5 19
Management Concepts
and Industrial
Organization: Introduction
to management; Functions
of management;
Organizational structure;

215
Basics of productivity.

Chapter 2: Forecasting: 2 9 - - 5 14 5 19
Meaning and use of
forecasting; Forecasting
techniques. Plant Design:
Basics of Plant Layout;
Study of Plant Layout;
Ergonomics and Industrial
Safety

Chapter3:Materials 3 9 - - 5 14 5 19
Management:
Purchasing; Inventory
control. Project
Management and
Resource Allocation:
Work breakdown structure;
Project organization,
Network scheduling;
Projects crashing; Resource
allocation, Project risks

Chapter4:Investment 4 9 - - 5 14 5 19
Evaluation:
Total investment costs;
Projects financing; Financial
evaluations. Basic
Accounting Principles &
Budgeting Fundamentals:
Classification of accounts;
Accounting concepts;
Accounting statements;
Budgets and budgetary
control
Total 70 20 90
Assessment
Continuous 50(%) F NF2F SLT
Assessment 2
F

216
 1 Quiz 5 1 - 1
2 Tests 30 2 - 3
3 Assignmen 15 - 1 25
ts
4 Project - - - -
5 Seminar - - - -
Total 29
Final Exam 50 (%) F2F NF2F SLT
Final Exam 50 1 -- 3
Grand Total SLT 122
13 Text book 1 Heizer, Jay and Render, Barry: Operation Management, 8th ed, 2016.

2 Kurtz, Max P.E., Hand Book of Industrial Management, New

York: McGraw Hill Inc., 1984
3 Mikell P. Groover, Automation, Production systems, and Computer Integrated
Manufacturing , 2nd Edition, Asia, Pearson Education, 2001
4 Moore, J a m e s M. Plant Layout and Design, New York, Macmillan Company,
1962

217
Introduction to Machine Learning

Addis Ababa Science and Technology University

1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Name of Introduction to Machine Learning
Course:
Course EMEG5104
Code:
3 Synopsis: Machine learning uses interdisciplinary techniques such as statistics, linear algebra,
optimization, and computer programming to create automated systems that can sift
through large volumes of data at high speed to make predictions or decisions without
human intervention. Machine learning as a field is now incredibly pervasive, with
applications spanning from business intelligence to security, from analyzing
biochemical interactions to structural monitoring of aging bridges, and from emissions
to astrophysics, etc. This class will familiarize students with a broad cross-section of
models and algorithms for machine learning, and prepare students for research or
industry application of machine learning techniques.
The course provides students with an in-depth introduction to two main areas of
Machine Learning: supervised and unsupervised. Main models and algorithms for
regression, classification & clustering and will be covered. Topics will include linear
and logistic regression, probabilistic (Bayesian) inference, SVMs and kernel methods,
ANNs, clustering, and dimensionality reduction. To be eligible for this course, prior
knowledge of python programming, familiarity with linear algebra, probability theory
has to be first fulfilled.
4 Name(s) of Tayachew Fikire
Academic
Staff:
5 Semester Semester: II Year: 5
and Year
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 3
7 Prerequisite Object oriented Programming in Python , Probability & Statistics
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 Synthesize the knowledge and skills gained from supervised & unsupervised learning
algorithms within the design of a realistic Artificial intelligence (AI) agents.
CLO2 Evaluate learning algorithms and select the appropriate model that fulfills the required
performance and efficiency using several Python distributions.
CLO3 Design and implement various machine learning algorithms in a range of real-world
applications.

218
 CLO4 Work collaboratively on a team to successfully complete a course project and develop
presentation, report writing and problem solving skills.
CLO5 Investigate real world problems & map them to the learning algorithms that possibly can
solve.
Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching
Methods and Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Outcomes (CLO)
Course Learning

Teaching

Assignment
PLO10

PLO11
PLO12
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3

PLO4
PLO5

PLO6
PLO7
PLO8

PLO9

Lab-report
9 Methods

Project
L T P O

Quiz
Test
CLO1 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO2 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO3 √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO4 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CLO5 √ √ √ √ √ √
10 Transferable Skills (if applicable)
(Skills learned in the course of study which can be useful and utilized in other settings))
1 Machine learning model developing, training, testing and deploying on real systems.
2 Skills of implementing different machine learning tools and IDEs

11 Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)

Total
CLO Teaching and Learning (SLT)[hrs]
Activities
Course Content Outline Guided GL IL
learning (F2F) NF2 NF2
F
L T P O
1. Introduction: 1 3 2 3 3
1.1. What is Machine learning; why 11
machine learning? Problems
machine learning can solve, tools
, Categories of Machine learning

2. Supervised Learning 1,2,3 8 7 5 7 27

2.1. Classification & regression
2.2. Supervised machine learning
algorithms

219
2.2.1. K-nearest Neighbor,
2.2.2. Linear Models
2.2.3. Naïve Bayes Classifiers
2.2.4. Decision trees
2.2.5. Support Vector Machine
2.2.6. Neural networks (Deep
learning)

3. Unsupervised learning & 7 8 7 8 30

preprocessing
3.1. Types of unsupervised learning
3.2. Pre-processing & scaling 1,3&5
3.3. Dimensionality reduction &
feature extraction
3.3.1. Principal component
analysis(PCA)
3.4. Clustering
3.4.1. K-means Clustering
3.4.2. Agglomerative clustering
3.4.3. Evaluating & comparing
clustering algorithms

4. Model Evaluation & 7 8 7 8 30

improvement
4.1. Cross –validation
4.1.1. Benefits of cross validation 1,2&3
4.1.2. Stratified K-fold cross-
validation
4.2. Grid search
4.2.1. Simple grid search
4.2.2. Grid search with cross
validation
4.3. Evaluation metrics & scoring
4.3.1. Metrics for
classification(Binary& multi-
class)
4.3.2. Regression metrics
4.3.3. Using evaluation metrics in
model selection

5. Case study & course project 1-5 2 1 3

220
 Total 2 2 22 26 101
7 6
Assessment
Continuous Assessment Percentage Total-50(%) F2F NF2F SLT

1 Lab-report 20% 2 2 4
2 Project 30% 2 6 8
Total
Final Exam Percentage 50 F2F NF2F SLT
(%)
Final Exam 50% 2.5 4.5 7
Grand Total SLT 120
13 Text book [1] Andreas C. Müller & Sarah Guido (October,2016) Introduction to Machine
learning with python , First edn., : O' REILLY.
Reference: [2] Shai Shalev-Shwartz and Shai Ben-David (2014) Understanding Machine
Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, First edn., Canada: Cambridge
University Press.
[3] Ethem Alpaydın (2010) Introduction to Machine Learning, First edn.,
London: The MIT Press Cambridge, Massachusetts London, England

221
 BSc Thesis
Addis Ababa Science and Technology University
1 College: Electrical and Mechanical Department: Electromechanical Engineering
Engineering
2 Course category Core /compulsory course
Name of Course: BSc Thesis
Course Code: EMEg5114
3 Synopsis: The purpose of a thesis is to enable the student to develop deeper knowledge,
understanding, capabilities and attitudes in the context of the program of study.
It offers the opportunity to delve more deeply into and synthesize knowledge acquired
in previous studies.
It also aims to create awareness on how to use the principles of different courses in a
coordinated way and how to apply them in a product design, modification, adaptation,
reengineering and development.
4 Academic Staff: Tayachew Fikire
5 Semester and Year Semester: II Year: 5
offered:
6 Credit Hour: 6
7 Prerequisite All courses in the curriculum
8 Course Learning Outcome ( CLO): At the end of the course the student will be able to do:

CLO1 The capability to use a holistic view to critically, independently and creatively identify, formulate
and deal with complex issues.
CLO2 The capability to critically and systematically integrate knowledge.
CLO3 Considerably more in-depth knowledge of the major subject/field of study, including deeper
insight into current research and development work.
CLO4 A capability to contribute to research and development work.
CLO5 A consciousness of the ethical aspects of research and development work.
CLO6 The capability to clearly present and discuss the conclusions as well as the knowledge and
arguments that form the basis for these findings in written and spoken English.
CLO7 Design, modify, adapt and develop a realistic project aimed toward solving domestic, industrial,
socio-economic, and rural problems.
Mapping of the course Learning Outcomes to the program Learning Outcomes, Teaching Methods and
Assessment:
Program Learning Outcomes (PO)
Assessment
Teaching
Methods
L T P O

222
 1 √ √
9 2 √ √ √
3 √ √ √
4 √
5 √ √
6 √
7 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Distribution of Student Learning Time (SLT)
Total
Course Content Outline Teaching and Learning Activities (SLT)
CLO Guided learning (F2F) GL IL
(NF2F) (NF2F)

L T P O
UNIT 1 1 4 20 24
Introduction
10 UNIT 2 Literature Survey 2 6 35 41
UNIT 3 3 6 35 41
Development of The Project
UNIT 4 4 6 35 41
Numerical and Experimental
Investigation
UNIT 5 5 6 35 41
Results and Discussion

UNIT 6 6 6 35 41
Summary and Conclusion
Assessment
Percentage (%) F2F NF2F
Final Presentation 100% 1 10 11
Grand Total SLT 240
12 Resources 1 Software
required 2 Computer Lab
3 Workshop
13 Literature As per the Nature and type of the Thesis

223
 2.18. PO And Course Mapping Summary

S.N Courses

PO10

PO11

PO12
PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9
o
1 Logic & Critical √ √ √
Thinking
2 General √ √ √ √
Psychology
3 Communicative √ √ √
English L Skill - I
4 Geography of √ √ √ √ √
Ethiopia and
The Horn
5 Physical √ √ √ √ √
6 Communicative √ √ √
English Skill - II
7 Social √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Anthropology
8 Moral and Civic √ √ √ √
Education
9 Entrepreneurshi √ √
p For Engineers
10 General Physics √ √ √ √ √
11 Mathematics for √ √
Natural
Sciences
12 Inclusiveness √ √ √ √ √ √
13 Economics √ √
14 Introduction to √ √ √
Emerging
Technology
15 Global Trend √ √
16 Engineering √ √ √
Drawing
17 History of √ √ √ √
Ethiopia and
Horn
18 Applied √ √

224
 Mathematics I
19 Applied √ √
Mathematics II
20 Applied √ √
Mathematics III
21 Probability and √ √ √ √
Statistics
22 Numerical √ √ √ √ √
methods for
Engineers

23 Introduction to Computer √ √ √ √ √ √
Programming
24 Object oriented programming √ √ √ √ √ √
in python
25 Introduction to Machine √ √ √ √ √ √
learning
26 Engineering Mechanics I √ √ √ √ √
:Statics
27 Engineering Mechanics II: √ √ √ √ √
Dynamics
28 Mechanism Machinery √ √ √ √ √
29 Mechanical Vibrations √ √ √ √ √
30 Strength of materials √ √ √ √ √ √ √
31 Smart materials & √ √ √ √ √ √ √
applications
32 Design of Machine Elements I √ √ √ √ √ √ √
33 Design of Machine Elements √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
II
34 Machine drawing with CAD √ √ √ √
35 Manufacturing Processes & √ √ √ √ √ √
Automation
36 Engineering √ √ √
Thermodynamics
37 Fluid Mechanics √ √ √ √ √
38 Hydraulics & Pneumatics √ √ √ √ √
39 Fundamental of Electrical √ √ √ √
Circuits
40 Applied Electronics I √ √ √ √ √ √

225
41 Applied Electronics II √ √ √ √ √ √ √
42 Digital Logic Design √ √ √ √ √ √
43 Electrical Machine √ √ √ √
44 Embedded systems √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
45 Control systems √ √ √ √

46 Modern control Systems √ √ √ √

47 Signal and systems √ √ √ √

48 Digital signal processing √ √ √ √

49 Instrumentation & √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Measurement Systems
50 Virtual Instrumentation √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

51 Introduction to Robotics √ √ √ √ √

52 Introduction to Computer √ √ √ √
Vision
53 Industrial Automation & √ √ √ √
Process Control
54 Design of Mechatronic √ √ √ √ √ √
Systems
55 Mechanical Workshop √ √ √ √ √
practice
56 Workshop for √ √ √
Mechatronics
57 Industrial Management & √ √ √ √ √
Economy
58 Entrepreneurship For √ √
Engineers
59 Integrated design project √ √ √ √ √ √
60 Industrial Internship √ √ √ √ √ √ √

61 BSc Thesis √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

Total 46 38 39 27 37 13 16 12 35 19 15 18
Percentage (%)

78 64 65 45 62 22 28 21 60 31 26 29

226
3. Quality management system (QMS)

The BSc. Degree in Electromechanical Engineering program uses continuous quality

improvement (CQI) cycle to ensure the quality of the program deliverables.

Figure 2.shows the quality management process at programme level and course
level. The actual outcomes are measured at each level and compared with expected
outcomes. Any discrepancies between the actual and expected is thoroughly
analysed by pointing out the major reasons for the difference. Once the factors are
known, this will be taken as a feedback to further improve the actual outcomes and
match with the expected outcomes.

The CQI at course level (CO) is evaluated and assessed every semester through
exams, projects and surveys. The outcomes will be measured and compared with
the expected course learning outcomes (CLO). Those factors that contribute for the
deviation of actual outcomes from expected outcomes will be carefully evaluated.
This will be taken as a feedback so that the expected level of the outcome will be
achieved & maintained throughout the entire study period.

The CQI at the programme level is conducted every year through holistic evaluation
mechanisms (i.e. final year projects, integrated design projects, internships) and
student‟s performance (i.e. Academic achievements, number of problem solving
projects and awards obtained). The actual program outcomes will be compared with
the expected POs and the difference will be used as feedback for further
improvement. The PEO assessment, evaluation and revision will be done every five
years. Improvements based on feedback from evaluations will close the system loop
and the process will continue year after year.

204
 Figure 2: Continual Quality Improvement Cycle

4. Staff profile & Resources

4.1. Staff Profile

Table 10: Staff Profile

No. Academic Rank Number of Staff Subtotal

Male Female

1 Professor 1 - 1
2 Adjunct Professor - - -
3 Associate Professor - - -
4 Assistant Professor 2 - 2
5 Senior Lecturer - - -
6 Lecturer 19 - 19
7 Academic Research - 1 1
Total 23

205
4.2. Resources

The College of Electrical & mechanical Engineering has adequate resources

and facilities that enable its programs to meet their goals and objectives.
Therefore the BSc. Degree in Mechatronics Engineering can take advantage of
the various Laboratories, Libraries, ICT facilities and access to electronic
resources to meet its goals and objectives.

The list of Laboratories and other facilities are briefly explained below.

4.2.1. Laboratories
Fluid Machine and Thermal Laboratory

The list of facilities available for the education is given below.

 Velocity distribution and pressure drop in circular duct

 Velocity distribution and pressure drop in rectangular duct
 Reciprocating compressor performance test set-up
 Diesel and Petrol Engine Test Set-up with Dynamometer and fuel cons
 Combustion chamber
 Air conditioning test stet-up
 Variable Speed and torque drive for testing power requirement of small
Machines
 Small wind tunnel
 Thermal conductivity test set-up
 Bomb calorimeter
 Multi-channel thermocouple thermometers
 Resistance Thermometers
 Pyrometer
 Thermostats
 Combustion gas analyzer
 Smoke meter
 Light meters
 Hot wire anemometer
 Turbine flow meters
 Ultrasonic flow meters

206
Hydraulic Machines Laboratory

• Flow measurement with nozzles and orifice

• Pipe friction test set-up
• Banki Turbine Test Bench
• Pelton Turbine Test bench
• Francis Turbine Test bench
• Centrifugal pump Test bench
Materials Testing Laboratory

In addition to the given list of machinery, it is planned to purchase 1000 tons

computerized universal strength testing machines, additional microscopes, impact,
buckling , torsion and bending strength testing set-ups.

• Metallographic analysis microscope with camera

• Metallographic microscope
• Sample polishers
• Tensile testing machine
• Hardness Tester
• Impact test machine

• Manual torsion test machine

Applied Mechanics and Control Laboratory

Here, it is also planned to buy vibration test set-up, vibration analyzer, and balancing
machines, crack testing, models of mechanism and drives, section models of
machine elements. In addition complete set of set-up for control, pneumatic,
hydraulic and Mechatronics systems will be purchased.

• Thick and thin cylinder test set-up

• Strain gauge kits with a bridge
• Ultrasonic flow detector
• Vibration test set-up
• Speed control set-up
• Temperature controller

207
Manufacturing Workshop

The workshop consists of with nearly all general purpose machinery necessary for
manufacture of small machinery and equipment. A huge hydraulic press for metal
forming, 20 kg casting furnace, 5 lathe machines, 2 milling machines, 2 arc welders,
2 flame welders and additional tools and equipment will be purchased as part of
improvement plan of facilities in next three years.

• Small CNC lathe

• Medium Size CNC lathe
• 4x Training lathe machine
• 2x Lathe machine for production2
• 3x Vertical drill
• Radial drill
• CNC Milling
• 2x Milling machine
• Surface grinders
• Cylindrical grinder
• Tool grinders
• Bench work 20 workplaces with all hand tools
• Hydraulic Guillotine shear2000 x8 mm
• Hydraulic bending machine 2000 x8 mm
• Hydraulic rolling machine 2000x 8 m
• Guillotine shear 1000m x4 mm
• Manual bending machine 1000 m x 4mm
• Rolling machine 1000 m x 4mm
• 2x Heat treatment furnace
• 3x Electric arc welding
• Mig welding machine
• Tig Welding Machine
• Flame welding machine
• Casting furnace
• Forging furnace
• Complete set of machines and tools for wood work
• Hand power tools

208
 • Complete set of hand tools
Computer Rooms

• Department computer center for students with 60 computers with

software‟s tailored to the needs of Mechatronics Engineering

Embedded Systems Lab

The lab consists of various embedded systems setups, microprocessor

interfacings, Microprocessor/Microcontroller programming environments, and
different embedded systems development platforms. Electronic & digital logic
design lab ,Instrumentation Lab

Classrooms
• 5x lecture rooms with 50 students capacity
• 2x lecture rooms with 80 students capacity
1x Lecture Theatre with 300 Students seating capacity
2x Conference Room with 30 Staff seating capacity.

209
5. Appendices

5.1. Washington accord attributes for Engineering Program

Engineering Knowledge
Ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals and an engineering
specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

Problem analysis

Ability to identify, formulate, research literature and analyze complex engineering problems reaching
substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences and engineering
sciences..

Design & Development of Solutions

Ability to design solutions for complex engineering problems and design systems, components or
processes that meet specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety,
cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.

Investigation

Ability to conduct investigation into complex problems using research based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of
information to provide valid conclusions.

Modern Tool usage

Ability to create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources and modern engineering and IT
tools, including prediction and modeling, to complex engineering activities, with an understanding of
the limitations.

Environment and sustainability

Ability to apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal
and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to professional engineering practice.

The engineer and society

Ability to understand the impact of professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental
contexts and demonstrate knowledge of and need for sustainable development.

Professional Ethics

Ability to apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of
engineering practice.

Individual and teamwork

210
Ability to function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams and in
multi-disciplinary settings.

Communication
Ability to communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community
and with society at large, such as being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design
documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

Life-long Learning
Ability to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering and management principles and
apply these to one's own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in
multidisciplinary environments.

Project management and finance

Ability to recognize the need for, and have the preparations and ability to engage in independent and
lifelong learning in the broadest context of technological change..

5.2. Structure of Undergraduate Continuing Education Program

5.2.1. Admission requirement for Undergraduate Continuing Education Program

Students who fulfill the following criteria are eligible for admission to the
undergraduate continuing education program.

 Preparatory complete with a pass in the Ethiopian Higher Education Entrance

Examination (EHEE) or equivalent academic achievements from foreign
countries.
 Above average grades in Technical Drawing, Physics and Mathematics.
 Students who complete 10+4 TVET programs related to Mechanical,
Electrical and automotive Engineering with very good performance and who
have attended a bridging program in physical sciences can also be
considered for admission, although their acceptance will depend on
availability of space.

211
5.2.2. Duration of the study for Undergraduate Continuing Education Program

Under normal circumstances, the total elapsed time for the BSc program in
Electromechanical Engineering requires 6 years/12 semesters for the continuing
education program.

5.3. Course Breakdown for Continuing Education

Table 11: Course Breakdown for Continuing Education Program

Year 1, Semester 1

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra/Lab
1 Phil1009 Logic & Critical Thinking 3 3 0 0
2 Psyc1011 General Psychology 3 3 0 0
3 FLEn1003 Communicative English Skill – I 3 3 0 0
4 GeES1005 Geography of Ethiopia and The Horn 3 3 0 0
5 SpSc1013 Physical Fitness P/F 0 0 2
Total 12 12 0 2

Year 1, Semester 2

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra.
/Lab
1 Math1007 Mathematics For Natural Science 3 3 0 0
2 Phys1001 General Physics 3 3 0 0
3 EmTe1108 Emerging Technology for Engineers 3 3 0 0
4 FLEn1003 Communicative English Skill-II 3 3 0 0
Total 12 12 12 0
Year 1, Semester: summer

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra.
/Lab
1 Math1014 Applied Mathematics IB 4 3 3 0
2 MCiE1012 Moral and Civic Education 2 2 0 0
3 Incl1010 Inclusiveness 2 2 0 0
Total 8 7 3 -

212
Year 2, Semester: 1

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra.
/Lab
1 Entr1106 Entrepreneurship For Engineers 3 3 0 0
2 Anth1002 Social Anthropology 2 2 0 0
3 CEng2005 Engineering Mechanics I -Statics 3 2 3 0
4 Econ2009 Introduction to Economics 3 3 0 0
5 GLTr2011 Global Trend 2 2 0 0
Total 12 11 3 -
Year 2, Semester: 2

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra. /Lab
1 MENg2001 Engineering Drawing 3 1 0 4
2 MEng2102 Engineering Mechanics II - 3 2 3 0
Dynamics
3 Math2042 Applied Mathematics IIIB 4 3 3 0
4 EMEg2106 Mechanical Workshop practice 2 1 0 3
Total 12 7 6 7
Year 2, Semester: Summer

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra. /Lab
1 MEng2102 Engineering Mechanics II - Dynamics 3 2 3 0
2 Comp2003 Introduction to Computer Programing 3 2 0 3
3 EMEg2106 Mechanical Workshop practice 2 1 0 3
Total 8 5 3 6
Year 3, Semester: 1

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra.
/Lab
1 EMEg 2104 Object Oriented Programming in 3 2 0 3
Python
2 EMEg 3101 Engineering Thermodynamics 3 2 3 0
3 Hist2002 History of Ethiopia and the Horn 3 3 0 0
4 Stat2061 Probability& Statistics 3 2 3 0
Total 12 9 6 3

213
Year 3, Semester: 2

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra. /Lab
1 EMEg 2102 Strength of Materials 4 3 3 0
2 EMEg 3103 Computational Methods 3 2 0 3
3 EMEg 4108 Smart Materials and Applications 3 2 0 3
4 EMEg 3105 Workshop for Mechatronics 2 1 3 3
Total 12 8 6 9

Year 3, Semester: summer

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra.
/Lab
1 EMEg 3107 Fundamental of Electrical Circuits 4 3 3 0
2 MEng3151 Design of Machine Elements I 3 2 3 0
Total 7 5 6 0
Year 4, Semester: 1

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra.
/Lab
1 EMEg 3102 Signals & Systems 3 2 0 3
2 MEng3112 Design of Machine Elements II 3 2 3 0
3 EMEg 3106 Applied Electronics I 3 2 0 3
4 EMEg 3108 Machine Drawing With CAD 3 1 3 3
Total 12 7 6 9
Year 4, Semester: 2

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra. /Lab
1 MEng3110 Mechanism of Machinery 3 2 3 0
2 EMEg 4103 Fluid Mechanics 3 2 3 0
3 EMEg 4101 Applied Electronics II 3 2 0 3
4 EMEg 4107 Digital Signal Processing 3 2 0 3
Total 12 8 6 6

214
Year 4, Semester: Summer

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra.
/Lab
1 EMEg 4111 Industrial Internship 6 -- -- --
2 EMEg 4112 Digital Logic Design 3 2 0 3
Total 9 2 0 3
Year 5, Semester: 1

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra. /Lab
1 MEng4109 Mechanical Vibrations 3 2 3 0
2 EMEg 4105 Control Systems 3 2 0 3
3 EMEg 4113 Instrumentation & Measurement Systems 3 2 0 3
4 EMEg 5109 Hydraulics & Pneumatics 3 2 0 3
Total 12 8 3 9
Year 5, Semester: 2

S.No. Course Course title

code Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra.
/Lab
1 EMEg 4102 Modern Control System 3 2 0 3
2 EMEg 4104 Industrial Automation & Process 3 2 0 3
Control
3 EMEg4106 Manufacturing Processes & 3 2 0 3
Automation
4 EMEg 3104 Electrical Machine 3 2 0 3
Total 12 8 0 12
Year 5, Semester: Summer

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra. /Lab
1 EMEg 4110 Power Electronics & Drive 4 3 0 3
2 EMEg 5101 Design of Mechatronic System 4 3 0 3
Total 8 6 0 6

215
Year 6, Semester: 1

S.No. Course code Course title

Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra. /Lab
1 EMEg 5103 Virtual Instrumentation 3 2 0 3
2 EMEg 5105 Embedded systems 3 2 0 3

3 EMEg 5107 Introduction to Robotics 3 2 0 3

4 EMEg 5106 Introduction to Computer Vision 3 2 0 3
Total 12 8 0 12
Year 6, Semester: 2

S.No. Course Course title

code Cr.Hr. Lec Tut Pra.
/Lab
1 EMEg 5104 Introduction to Machine Learning 3 2 0 3
2 EMEg 5102 Industrial Management & Engineering 2 2 0 0
Economy
3 Integrated Engineering team project 3 0 0 4
ETP4115

4 EMEg 5114 B.Sc. Thesis 6 - -

Total 14 4 0 7

216
Reference

1. Lyshevski, S. E.: Electromechnaical/Mechatronic curriculum – retrospect and prospect.

Mechatronics. 12, 195 – 205 (2002).
2. Buur, J.: Mechatronics Design in Japan. Institute for Engineering Design, Technical
University of Denmark, (1989).
3. Technology review, MIT Press (2003).
4. Meek, S., Field, S., Devasia, S.: Mechatronics education in the Department of Mechanical
Engineering at University of Utah. Mechatronics. 13, 1 – 11 (2003).
5. Akpinar, B.: Mechatronics education in Turkey, Mechatronics. 16, 185 – 192 (2006).
6. Parasuraman, S., Ganapaty,V.: Philosophy and objectives of mechatronics education. Industrial
Technology, 2002. IEEE ICIT '02. 2, 1199 - 1202 (11-14 Dec. 2002).
7. MIT open course ware.
8. University of Trento-Italy
9. University of Waterloo - Canada

217